Elementor Heading Bike Logo 5

 WEST LONDON CYCLING

FREE RIDES EVERY SUNDAY AT 9am FROM HILLINGDON STATION (LONG LANE / A40 – UB10 9NR) ……….Your free membership club

Entries are open for the annual August Bank Holiday Randonax Rides from Ruislip (West London) … Monday 31st August (celebrate West London Cycling’s 5th Birthday!)

The Grand Annual August Bank Holiday Randonax 2026 edition takes place on Monday 31st August from St.Martin’s Church Hall in Ruislip … three new routes and plenty of value just as you like it ….

£14 entry via British Cycling

ENTER HERE

JUST £14 ENTRY, INCLUDES: Coveted Finisher’s Roundel, GPX Files, Souvenir Brevet Card, Free Refreshments at start and finish and more.

ENTER HERE

The 2026 edition of our popular Randonax Rides takes place on the traditional August Bank Holiday Monday as usual, Monday 31st August from 8am from St.Martin’s Church Hall in Ruislip, our usual HQ for the event. But of course, we have three brand new routes (200km, 100km or 75km) for you cycling pleasure and a brand new design finisher’s roundel to add to your collection …. it promises to be another great day out with West London cycling. Just £14 entry via British Cycling.

A super fun audax style spin featuring a choice of three rides in the glorious Chilterns. Finishers will get one of our sought after patches / roundels as a trophy, all included in the (petite) price. It’s a value for money, not to be missed, gala occasion celebrating West London Cycling’s fifth birthday; A Bank Holiday Bash brought to you by the same organisers as the legendary Tour de Ricky, Ronde Van Rusty and the May Day Chiltern Audaxes from Ruislip in years past. Expect the same fun as those.

The 200km (1,543m ascent … less than last year) route, heads out into the Chilterns towards our cafe control at Pitstone then spears out from the Chiltern hinterland on a picturesque and cycling friendly route westwards towrads Oxforshire then back through Berks and Bucks. The 100km (955m ascent … less climbing than last year) is slightly over distance this year, at 104km (less than last year) and the route, as usual, shares the 200km route to Pitstone (cafe stop) through the Chilterns but then turns Southwards and loops back through some classic Chiltrern lansdscape in another all new route. We have slightly extended the shorter route from the usual 70km to 75km this year to fit in some nice features we think you’ll enjoy. The 75km (670m ascent … less than last year!) route is a great Chiltern route encompassing Great Missenden before returning, no really testing climbs but a few that you’ll feel proud of achieving at the top, envigorating but manageable hilly terrain with some nice lanes.

This is an Audax style event and isn’t for beginners, no signage nor rescue but who needs those in the era of bike computers and mobile phones? There will be free refreshments at the start and finish with a GPX file to navigate from and a Route Sheet as back up, all for just a £12 entry fee. Bring your own bars/gels etc for the ride, or stop at one of the cafes en-route. Entry may be available at £17 on the day if spaces are still available.

You can ride at any speed you like, but we would expect you to average between, say, 15kph and 33kph depending on your chosen ride / fitness / what you did the night before.

Like an audax, you get your Brevet Card stamped at our cafe stop control, answer a couple of simple questions on the route and write the answers in your Brevet Card (which is also stamped upon completion). At the end you get to keep your Brevet Card and also get cloth patch / roundel to prove you did it and keep as a prestigious souvenir … oh and the mudguard / frame sticker which is relective and enhances your visibility.

We will email you a GPX file of the route during the fortnight leading up to the event, together with a route-sheet for you to print out as back up. You will need a bike computer (eg Garmin or Wahoo) to load the GPX file in to. This is easily done by synching a Wahoo with Strava or Ride With GPS etc (free online) or using Garmin Connect if you are a Garmin user.

It’s fun, fun, fun with 75km, 100km or 200km options.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Free to ride Sundays with West London Cycling … Sunday 14th June at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … The Leeward Bikelands!

Chiltern adventures with West London Cycling continue with the swashbuckling Leeward Bikelands Sunday Ride at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) on Sunday 14th June

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATIONa great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

SUNDAY 14th JUNE at 9am:

A classic Chiltern route with a great cafe stop at The Lee with indoor or outdoor options …. A favourite ride without doubt.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE LEEWARD BIKELANDS: ROUTE HERE 72km 644m ascent

THE LEEWARD BIKELANDS WITH FARTHER LOOP: ROUTE HERE 75km 710m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES 14th JUNE:

THE LEEWARD BIKELANDS – 72km 644m ascent

THE LEEWARD BIKELANDS: ROUTE HERE 72km 644m ascent

THE LEEWARD BIKELANDS WITH FARTHER LOOP: 75km 710m ascent

THE LEEWARD BIKELANDS WITH FARTHER LOOP: ROUTE HERE 75km 710m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

ENTER THE RANDONAX HERE:

WEST LONDON CYCLING – The London’s original westside cycling club

Club jersey orders by midnight Monday 15th June

CLUB JERSEYS ARE MADE TO ORDER …. ORDER NOW!

ORDER HERE

KALAS Spinn/Flair quality race jerseys, race fit, so go up a size if you want a looser jersey. These are heavily discounted at only £63 from the retail cost of around £89. MADE TO ORDER … ORDER BY MIDNIGHT MONDAY 15th JUNE (delivery approx 6 weeks thereafter)

We can arrange postage at additional cost.

CHEST SIZES MALE / FEMALE

KALAS SIZE 1 …… M 84 – 88cm / F 82 – 86cm

KALAS SIZE 2 …… M 88 – 92cm / F 86 – 90cm

KALAS SIZE 3 …… M 92 – 96cm / F 90 – 94cm

KALAS SIZE 4 …… M 96 – 100cm / F 94 – 98cm

KALAS SIZE 5 …… M100 – 104cm / F 98 – 106cm

KALAS SIZE 6 …… M104 – 112cm / F 106 – 114cm

KALAS SIZE 7 …… M112 – 120cm / F Not available

KALAS SIZE 8 …… M120 – 128cm / F Not available

There are plenty of other great items currently in stock at the online club shop…

SHOP HERE

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at HILLINGDON STATION10 9NR)

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Summer Specials with West London Cycling

Three Saturday Specials across June and July and then the annual August Bank Holiday Monday RANDONAX RIDES on Monday 31st August….

The Grand Annual August Bank Holiday Randonax 2026 edition takes place on Monday 31st August from St.Martin’s Church Hall in Ruislip … three new routes and plenty of value just as you like it …. £14 entry via British Cycling

JUST £14 ENTRY, INCLUDES: Coveted Finisher’s Roundel, GPX Files, Souvenir Brevet Card, Free Refreshments at start and finish and more.

ENTER HERE

Plus three SATURDAY SPECIALS which include ……

The wonderful SOIL TRAIN (132km) which is mainly on tarmac but includes off-road sections on old railway lines. Can be done on a Road Bike or Gravel Bike and includes a visit to Spoke Cafe. Starts 8am Saturday 27th June from HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR)

Local gravel ride on 11th July at 8am from HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR) … The EBURY GRAVEL RIDE (35km)

A road ride down to the iconic Barhatch Lane climb on Saturday 18th July at 8am from HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR) … the BARHATCH BITCH (133km). It also includes Combe Lane but apart from thos two hills is not particularly hilly!

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at HILLINGDON STATION10 9NR)

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Great cycling coming your way from West London Cycling in June 2026. Join us every Sunday at 9am at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

Another great month of cycling ahead with West London Cycling ….. Four great Sunday Rides from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR), our Soil Train part gravel ride and our trip to the Pyrenees, albeit that the latter is sold out.

Free to ride, free membership and free spirit.

Here’s the lineup:

 Sunday 7th June 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  OPTION ONE: The Pennoton 67km  OPTION TWO: The Pennoton Prolonged 70km

 Sunday 14th June 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Leeward Bikelands 72km OPTION TWO: Leeward Bikelands with Farther Loop 75km

Thursday 18th June to Monday 22nd June Pyrenees 2026 SOLD OUT

 Sunday 21st June 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Ashley Bash 68km OPTION TWO: Ashley Bigger Bash 72km

 Saturday 27th June 8am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} SOIL TRAIN … A road / Gravel ride using some disused railway lines converted to cycle routes 132km with a stop at the infamous Spoke Cafe 

 Sunday 28th June 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Le Veloduct 59km OPTION TWO Le Veloduct etendu 62km

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATION … a great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

A relatively soft Chiltern route with longer climbs at Fuller’s Hill and Penfold Lane nudging up the overall ascent but the ride remains below the average climbing on a Chiltern ride. A very manageable ride for all with a new cafe stop,

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

AND DON’T FORGET YOUR RANDONAX ENTRIES ARE NOW OPEN!

The annual RANDONAX RIDES … AUGUST 31st (Bank Holiday Monday) from Ruislip .. just £14

ENTER HERE

MORE DETAILS HERE

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

ENTER THE RANDONAX HERE:

WEST LONDON CYCLING …. The original westside cycling

Catch the tube out of town to Hillingdon Station and catch a West London Cycling rural ride … free to ride, free membership.

Why not catch a Sunday morning tube to Hillingdon Station (Metropolitan and Piccadilly Lines) or West Ruislip (Central Line and Chiltern Line) and save your best pedaling for the rural delights of the Home Counties on a free to participate WEST LONDON CYCLING RIDE? Every Sunday at 9am from Hillingdon Station.

You need to be a member, but membership is free JOIN HERE

Hillingdon Station has proved to be an excellent Sunday Ride Start Point and Rendezvous for cyclists! It is a great gateway to the Chilterns and the Thames Valley with so much choice for riding. West London Cycling creates its own original routes for its rides, for you to enjoy. By providing a great access start location it is the place to be every Sunday at 9am for our weekly Sunday Ride.

  • Easy Access by car from London, The M40 and M25
  • Free Parking nearby in streets away from the station or Court Park Car Park
  • Paid Parking at Hilingdon Station
  • Trains on the Piccadilly or Metroploitan Lines go to Hillingdon Station
  • There is a lift at Hillingdon Station from platform to street level
  • A five minute cycle from West Ruislip Station on the Central Line and Chiltern Line
  • You can read about taking your bike on the Underground here
  • If you get there early, wait by the entrance undercover from any rain
  • You can grab a coffee from the cafe near the traffic lights (towards Uxbridge) on Sundays
  • Monday to Saturday there is a coffee vendor inside the station
  • At the finish you can enjoy lunch or a beer at The Swallow pub right by the station
  • The proximity of the traffic lights and the one way system in the station forecourt make it a very safe point to start (and finish) rides
  • A gateway to the Thames Valley and the Chilterns

We meet at Hillingdon Station every Sunday morning at 9am .. you can find out about our UPCOMING RIDES here

We also have special rides, most start at Hillingdon Station too.

Membership is free, but you need to be a member to join the rides JOIN HERE

Route GPX files are made available in the week of the ride on the West London Cycling Website.

 Sunday 14th June 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Leeward Bikelands 72km OPTION TWO: Leeward Bikelands with Farther Loop 75km

Thursday 18th June to Monday 22nd June Pyrenees 2026 SOLD OUT

 Sunday 21st June 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Ashley Bash 68km OPTION TWO: Ashley Bigger Bash 72km

 Saturday 27th June 8am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} SOIL TRAIN … A road / Gravel ride using some disused railway lines converted to cycle routes 132km with a stop at the infamous Spoke Cafe 

 Sunday 28th June 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Le Veloduct 59km OPTION TWO Le Veloduct etendu 62km

 Sunday 5th July 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE:Warrior Charge Chopped 68km OPTION TWO: Warrior Charge 68km OPTION THREE: Warrior Charge Wander 72km

 Saturday 11th July 8am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} Ebury Gravel Ride 35km

 Sunday 12th July 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Velomian Rhapsody 60km OPTION TWO: Velomian Rhapsody Major 66km

 Saturday 18th July 8am CLIMBER’S SPECIAL The Barhatch Bitch 133km (1,100m ascent – a ride out to the iconic Barhatch Lane climb)

 Sunday 19th July 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: West End Whirl 79km OPTION TWO: West End Whirl-Whopper 84km

 Sunday 26th July 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Wendover Woods Cafe Curtailed 87km  OPTION TWO: Wendover Woods Cafe 97km

 Sunday 2nd August 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Southern Comfort 75km OPTION TWO Southern Comfort Cocktail 80km

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

A June 2026 special from West London Cycling … a road and easy gravel mix across the tracks … It’s the SOIL TRAIN RIDE on Saturday 27th June at 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

Another West London Cycling Original, Soil Train follows several disused railway lines and joins them up on the tarmac. Although the railway lines are not tarmac, they are hard packed and are rideable on a road bike, although gravel tyres would be slightly better.

It all starts at 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) on Saturday 27th June

ROUTE

132km 979m ascent

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Sundays with West London Cycling – Free to join, free to ride, free sprit on the road … just head for Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) at 9am every Sunday for the start of West London Cycling ridetime!

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATION … a great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

SUNDAY 14th JUNE at 9am:

A classic Chiltern route with a great cafe stop at The Lee with indoor or outdoor options …. A favourite ride without doubt.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE LEEWARD BIKELANDS: ROUTE HERE 72km 644m ascent

THE LEEWARD BIKELANDS WITH FARTHER LOOP: ROUTE HERE 75km 710m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

West London Cycling Sunday Rides bring you The Pennoton … another original new route from the home of the Brand Spanker …. starting 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) Sunday 7th June

The Pennoton, a new route and cafe for the discerning cyclist community of West London, brought to you by West London Cycling.

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATIONa great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

SUNDAY 7th JUNE at 9am:

A relatively soft Chiltern route with longer climbs at Fuller’s Hill and Penfold Lane nudging up the overall ascent but the ride remains below the average climbing on a Chiltern ride. A very manageable ride for all with a new cafe stop,

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE PENNOTON: ROUTE HERE 67km 546m ascent

THE PENNOTON PROLONGED: ROUTE HERE 70km 590m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES 7th JUNE:

THE PENNOTON – 67km 546m ascent

THE PENNOTON: ROUTE HERE 67km 546m ascent

THE PENNOTON PROLONGED: 70km 590m ascent

THE PENNOTON PROLONGED: ROUTE HERE 70km 590m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

ENTER THE RANDONAX HERE:

WEST LONDON CYCLING – The London’s original westside cycling club

Tour de Ricky 2026, Photos, jerseys, Gallery and round up …. phew, what a scorcher!

WOW! Weren’t you all fantastic at the Tour de Ricky? The feedback is that Tour de Ricky riders seem to be a super nice breed of people and we certainly thoughts so too. It was great organising the Tour de Ricky and we think the smiling faces tell the story. Thanks to the volunteers, our host venues (Woodoaks Farm, Maple Cross – Curiositea, Pitstone – Cafe 74, Silverstone, Peterley Manor Farm, Prestwood), our sponsors (Rouleur, Science in Sport, Specialized Ruislip, Newlane Folding Helmets, Kalas Cycling Kit, Coy Carp Restaurant in Harefield, Biketerra online cycling))

Scroll down for our own gallery from the day.

A lot of you asked about ordering jerseys … you have until midnight on Wednesday 10th June to order (they will then take 5-6 weeks to be manufactured). ORDER HERE

Official photographs are now online to purchase … VIEW HERE

NEXT UP…..

The annual RANDONAX RIDES … AUGUST 31st (Bank Holiday Monday) from Ruislip .. just £14

ENTER HERE

MORE DETAILS HERE

… and you are welcome to join our free Sunday rides at 9am every Sunday from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

UPCOMING RIDES HERE

INSTAGRAM (Tour de Ricky REEL)

Tour de Ricky PHOTO GALLERY

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling

Spinning to Jenner’s for West London Cycling’s Sunday fun on Sunday 31st May at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … join us for the classic ‘Cookham on Gas’ route with a stop at Jenner’s Cafe.

With Jenner’s Cafe not going to be around next year, we are going to make sure of some visits this summer …. so, the day after the Tour de Ricky, a recovery ride to savour … West London Cycling’s classic ‘Cookham on Gas’ at 9am Sunday 31st may from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATIONa great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

SUNDAY 31st MAY at 9am:

A nice, flat-ish, ride with just one ‘kick’ on the way back, a perfect summer’s ride after the exploits of the Tour de Ricky the day before. See you at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) at 9am Sunday 31st May

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

COOKHAM ON GAS: ROUTE HERE 63km 342m ascent

COOKHAM ON GAS – THE BIG RING: ROUTE HERE 68km 373m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES 31st MAY:

COOKHAM ON GAS – 63km 342m ascent

COOKHAM ON GAS 63km 342m ascent

COOKHAM ON GAS – THE BIG RING: 68km 373m ascent

COOKHAM ON GAS – THE BIG RING: ROUTE HERE 68km 373m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

ENTER THE RANDONAX HERE:

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling

Another great Bank Holiday Double-Header Weekend with West London Cycling

Yes, can you believe it? Another May West London Cycling double header, the second of four during May 2026 (The Brighton Beano, Brighton With Lights-On, West London – Oxford – West London and the Tour de Ricky!) with special rides in addition to our regular Sunday Rides at 9am every Sunday from Hillingdon Station.

First up, out flat-ish Surrey Sortie ride out to Chobham on Sunday 24th May then the all new WOW! West London – Oxford – West London ride on Bank Holiday Monday 25th May (8am start) …with a Finisher’s Roudel available to purchase.

The Surrey Sortie route goes out to Chobham and the Simply Dine cafe at the Old Post Office … which proved a very popular cafe when we visited back in November …. don’t miss it this time!

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATIONa great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

SUNDAY 24th MAY at 9am:

The Surrey Sortie, and Surrey Sortie Stretched offer nice ‘spin friendly’ jaunts out to Surrey with minimal climbing at 74km (467m ascent) and 78km (514m ascent) respectively.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE SURREY SORTIE: ROUTE HERE 74km 467m ascent

THE SURREY SORTIE STRETCHED: ROUTE HERE 74km 514m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES 24th MAY:

SURREY SORTIE – 74km 467m ascent

THE SURREY SORTIE: ROUTE HERE 74km 467m ascent

SURREY SORTIE STRETCHED: 78km 514m ascent

THE SURREY SORTIE STRETCHED: ROUTE HERE 74km 514m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

Another Bank Holiday Monday Special ride with West London Cycling … the week before Tour de Ricky, a test ride before the big day with West London Cycling

Another original route from West London Cycling

Finisher’s Roundels available to purchase (£5)

Start at 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) Bank Holiday Monday 25th May

165km with 1,299m ascent

Two cafe stops as we ride to Oxford and back … another West London Cycling original.

You can register here on Strava

GPX Files HERE

Finisher’s Roundels available to purchase (£5)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

ENTER THE RANDONAX HERE:

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling

WOW! – It’s West London – Oxford – West London on Bank Holiday Monday 25th May from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … Free to ride with West London Cycling

Another Bank Holiday Monday Special ride with West London Cycling … the week before Tour de Ricky, a test ride before the big day with West London Cycling

Another original route from West London Cycling

Finisher’s Roundels available to purchase (£5)

Start at 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) Bank Holiday Monday 25th May

165km with 1,299m ascent

Two cafe stops as we ride to Oxford and back … another West London Cycling original.

You can register here on Strava

DOWNLOAD THE GPX FILES FROM HERE

Please note, the route was slightly amended at 22.30pm Wednesday 20th May – please re-download if you originally downloaded before that time.

Finisher’s Roundels available to purchase (£5)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Spin out to Chobham on West London Cycling’s Surrey Sortie route on Sunday 24th May at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

The wonderful Surrey Sortie route goes out to Chobham and the Simply Dine cafe at the Old Post Office … which proved a very popular cafe when we visited back in November …. don’t miss it this time!

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATIONa great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

SUNDAY 24th MAY at 9am:

The Surrey Sortie, and Surrey Sortie Stretched offer nice ‘spin friendly’ jaunts out to Surrey with minimal climbing at 74km (467m ascent) and 78km (514m ascent) respectively.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE SURREY SORTIE: ROUTE HERE 74km 467m ascent

THE SURREY SORTIE STRETCHED: ROUTE HERE 74km 514m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES 24th MAY:

SURREY SORTIE – 74km 467m ascent

THE SURREY SORTIE: ROUTE HERE 74km 467m ascent

SURREY SORTIE STRETCHED: 78km 514m ascent

THE SURREY SORTIE STRETCHED: ROUTE HERE 74km 514m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

ENTER THE RANDONAX HERE:

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling

It’s a cracking Coy Carp Caper ride with West London Cycling on Sunday 17th May .. 9am start at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

It’s another Coy Carp ride this Sunday with West London Cycling: THE COY CARP CAPER 9am start on Sunday 17th May from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)! Grab a coffee, beer or even lunch at the Coy Carp near the end of the ride; maybe your family could meet you there as we enjoy the beer garden by the water?

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATIONa great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

NEXT UP SUNDAY 17th MAY at 9am:

The Coy Carp Caper is one of those summer routes where near the end of the ride we stop at the beer garden, for coffee, beer or lunch and have a proper social chat .. before riding the last bit home. Hosted by the wonderful Coy Carp who are also one of our Tour de Ricky sponsors.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE COY CARP CAPER: ROUTE HERE 60km 460m ascent

THE COY CARP ADDDED CAPER: ROUTE HERE 63km 522m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES 10th MAY:

COY CARP CAPER – 60km 460m ascent

COY CARP CAPER : ROUTE HERE 60km 460m ascent

COY CARP ADDED CAPER: 63km 522m ascent

COY CARP ADDED CAPER: ROUTE HERE 63km 522m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

It’s another Special Weekend with West London Cycling …. Night and Day, no need to pay…. Free Rides, Free Membership and Free Spirit!

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

Two great rides this weekend, night and day options and great social adventures to be had by all. Join the fun, both are free to ride (weith free membership) at start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

It’s another Coy Carp ride this Sunday with West London Cycling: THE COY CARP CAPER 9am start on Sunday 17th May from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)! Grab a coffee, beer or even lunch at the Coy Carp near the end of the ride; maybe your family could meet you there as we enjoy the beer garden by the water?

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATIONa great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

SUNDAY 17th MAY at 9am:

The Coy Carp Caper is one of those summer routes where near the end of the ride we stop at the beer garden, for coffee, beer or lunch and have a proper social chat .. before riding the last bit home. Hosted by the wonderful Coy Carp who are also one of our Tour de Ricky sponsors.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE COY CARP CAPER: ROUTE HERE 60km 460m ascent

THE COY CARP ADDDED CAPER: ROUTE HERE 63km 522m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES 10th MAY:

COY CARP CAPER – 60km 460m ascent

COY CARP CAPER : ROUTE HERE 60km 460m ascent

COY CARP ADDED CAPER: 63km 522m ascent

COY CARP ADDED CAPER: ROUTE HERE 63km 522

BUT FIRST… It’s the Friday Night Ride!

FOR THE ENLIGHTENED ILLUMINATI …..Our annual West London Cycling Night Ride, has a specially designed route created to suit a night ride.

Plus another coveted and collectible West London Cycling Finisher’s Roundel for your collection will be available.

You can register here

You can catch the train back after breakfast in Brighton. No need to book the train in advance, we tend to go from Brighton to Farringdon and then back to West London on either the Metropolitan Line or Elizabeth Line.

Now in its 4th year, the specially designed route has proved popular and works well for a night time ride … just make sure you have a decent front light and a foldable jacket or gilet to put on during the darkness for warmth and visibility. Many first timers have been surprised at how much fun a well designed night ride can be.

Midnight start on Friday / Saturday 15th May from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

LINKS TO GPX FILES FOR DOWNLOAD:

Brighton With Lights-On …. GPX ROUTE HERE

FINISHERS’ ROUNDELS AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE AT £5 EACH

THE NIGHT RIDE TO BRIGHTON (CATCH THE TRAIN BACK148km

Brighton With Lights-On …. ROUTE HERE

Collect ride Roundels with West London Cycling

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

RANDONAX RIDES 2026 ENTRIES OPEN

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

The annual West London Cycling Night Ride to Brighton is on Friday 15th May … midnight from Hillingdon Station

Our annual West London Cycling Night Ride, has a specially designed route created to suit a night ride.

Plus another coveted and collectible West London Cycling Finisher’s Roundel for your collection will be available.

You can register here

You can catch the train back after breakfast in Brighton. No need to book the train in advance, we tend to go from Brighton to Farringdon and then back to West London on either the Metropolitan Line or Elizabeth Line.

Now in its 4th year, the specially designed route has proved popular and works well for a night time ride … just make sure you have a decent front light and a foldable jacket or gilet to put on during the darkness for warmth and visibility. Many first timers have been surprised at how much fun a well designed night ride can be.

Midnight start on Friday / Saturday 15th May from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

LINKS TO GPX FILES FOR DOWNLOAD:

Brighton With Lights-On …. GPX ROUTE HERE

FINISHERS’ ROUNDELS AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE AT £5 EACH

THE NIGHT RIDE TO BRIGHTON (CATCH THE TRAIN BACK148km

Brighton With Lights-On …. ROUTE HERE

Collect ride Roundels with West London Cycling

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

2026 Badges to Ride for with WEST LONDON CYCLING

West London Cycling Roundels / Badges are collectible and we are keeping up the tradition with an array of special ride badges / roundels for you to achieve in 2026. The Tour de Ricky is already sold out and the August Randonax is to be announced soon. Meanwhile, we have some free to ride specials with Badges / Roundels for finishers available at £5 each.

We return to Brighton overnight on Friday / Saturday 15th / 16th May for our annual Night Ride. We have curtailed the route a little this year, aiming for Breakfast in Brighton then the train back.

Bank holiday Monday 25th May is the first WOW! West London – Oxford – West London ride (162km) starting at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

Then on Saturday 27th June it is the incredible Soil Train ride …. mainly on road but incorporating some hard packed gravel on disused railway lines. This can be done on a road bike but, naturally, a gravel bike may be preferable.

The August Bank Holiday Randonax rides from Ruislip on Monday 31st August are now in their 5th year and at £14 entry including refreshments at the start and finish, Finisher’s Roundel, Souvenir Brevet Card and more, it is one of the best value events around. Come and join the fun with 200km, 100km and 75km route options.

2026 AUGUST BANK HOLIDAY RANDONAX DETAILS HERE

ENTER THE RANDONAX HERE

You do not need to be a member to enter the Randonax but you must be a member to ride the free to ride specials, although membership is free JOIN HERE

BRIGHTON WITH LIGHTS-ON is a 148km night ride to Brighton (Train Home) using our well tested route, tweaked a little for 2026 which has proved a ‘winner’ over the years. Start at midhight Friday / Saturday 15th May from HILLINGDON STATION. More details to follow.

WOW! … actually West London – Oxford – West London is a 160km Bank Holiday Monday Ride from Hillingdon on Monday 25th May.

A West London Cycling Gravel Ride. This is not ‘technically demanding gravel’ as the gravel sections are on hard packed disused railway lines.SOIL TRAIN is a trip to the legendary Spoke Cycling Cafe in Hertfordshire. Start at 8am from HILLINGDON STATION on Saturday 27th June.

2026 AUGUST BANK HOLIDAY RANDONAX DETAILS HERE

HILLINGDON STATION: THE WEST LONDON CYCLING START LOCATION GUIDE

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

May the Bike be with you! … May 2026 cycling with West London Cycling is free to ride, free membership and free spirited with our own original routes

Summer cycling is on its way and so is West London Cycling as we power ahead with a great selection of rides this May for you:

FIVE Sunday Rides

TWO Bank Holiday Specials

ONE Night Ride

ONE sold out mega event

THREE Collectible West London Cycling Roundels to collect

Our Sunday rides include one Brand Spanker, a new ride to Walton, one on only its second riding (to Surrey) and three old favourites, especially the much requested Wargrave Ride and the social on the much loved Coy Carp Caper. Much to enjoy, but at West London Cycling, there’s more than just Sunday rides.

The annual Tour de Ricky sold out months ago, but we have three free to ride specials with the option to buy a finisher’s roundel, the annual Brighton Beano, the Night Ride to Brighton and our brand new WOW! West London – Oxford – West London Ride.

Check ot the schedule below and may the bike be with you!

 Sunday 3rd May 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: The Walton Wallop 76km OPTION TWO: The Walton Wallop Deluxe 79km

 Bank Holiday Monday 4th May THE WEST LONDON CYCLING ANNUAL BRIGHTON BEANO … now in it’s 5th year. *am start from HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR).

 Sunday 10th May 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Wargrave Weekend Warrior Ride 87km     OPTION TWO: Wargrave Weekend Warrior Grand Ride 90km

 Friday 15th May 11.59pm – MIDNIGHT from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) BRIGHTON WITH LIGHTS-ON NIGHT RIDE (Return by Train)

 Sunday 17th May 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  OPTION ONE: Coy Carp Caper 60km OPTION TWO Coy Carp Added Caper 63km

 Sunday 24th May 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Surrey Sortie 74km OPTION TWO: Surrey Sortie Stretched 78km

 Bank Holiday Monday 25th May 8am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} West London – Oxfoed – West London (WOW!) 162km

 Saturday 30th May TOUR De RICKY. Woodoaks Farm Maple Cross

 Sunday 31st May 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Cookham on Gas 63km OPTION TWO: Cookham on Gas – The Big Ring 68km

LITTLE GREEN BOAT CRUISE: ROUTE HERE 68km 409m ascent

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

West London Cycling Rides have a great start location at Hillingdon Station …. here is your guide to the start of your ride out of London!

Hillingdon Station has proved to be an excellent Sunday Ride Start Point and Rendezvous for cyclists! It is a great gateway to the Chilterns and the Thames Valley with so much choice for riding. West London Cycling creates its own original routes for its rides, for you to enjoy. By providing a great access start location it is the place to be every Sunday at 9am for our weekly Sunday Ride.

  • Easy Access by car from London, The M40 and M25
  • Free Parking nearby in streets away from the station or Court Park Car Park
  • Paid Parking at Hilingdon Station
  • Trains on the Piccadilly or Metroploitan Lines go to Hillingdon Station
  • There is a lift at Hillingdon Station from platform to street level
  • A five minute cycle from West Ruislip Station on the Central Line and Chiltern Line
  • You can read about taking your bike on the Underground here
  • If you get there early, wait by the entrance undercover from any rain
  • You can grab a coffee from the cafe near the traffic lights (towards Uxbridge) on Sundays
  • Monday to Saturday there is a coffee vendor inside the station
  • At the finish you can enjoy lunch or a beer at The Swallow pub right by the station
  • The proximity of the traffic lights and the one way system in the station forecourt make it a very safe point to start (and finish) rides
  • A gateway to the Thames Valley and the Chilterns

We meet at Hillingdon Station every Sunday morning at 9am .. you can find out about our UPCOMING RIDES here

We also have special rides, most start at Hillingdon Station too.

Membership is free, but you need to be a member to join the rides JOIN HERE

Route GPX files are made available in the week of the ride on the West London Cycling Website.

 Bank Holiday Monday 4th May THE WEST LONDON CYCLING ANNUAL BRIGHTON BEANO … now in it’s 5th year. *am start from HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR).

 Sunday 10th May 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Wargrave Weekend Warrior Ride 87km     OPTION TWO: Wargrave Weekend Warrior Grand Ride 90km

 Friday 15th May 11.59pm – MIDNIGHT from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) BRIGHTON WITH LIGHTS-ON NIGHT RIDE (Return by Train)

 Sunday 17th May 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  OPTION ONE: Coy Carp Caper 60km OPTION TWO Coy Carp Added Caper 63km

 Sunday 24th May 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Surrey Sortie 74km OPTION TWO: Surrey Sortie Stretched 78km

 Bank Holiday Monday 25th May 8am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} West London – Oxfoed – West London (WOW!) 162km

 Saturday 30th May TOUR De RICKY. Woodoaks Farm Maple Cross

 Sunday 31st May 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Cookham on Gas 63km OPTION TWO: Cookham on Gas – The Big Ring 68km

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

It’s a People’s Choice ride this Sunday from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) with West London Cycling

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

It’s a People’s Choice ride this Sunday with West London Cycling as we revisit one of everyone’s favourite rides; The fantastic WARGRAVE WEEKEND WARRIOR 9am start on Sunday 10th May from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)!

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATIONa great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

NEXT UP SUNDAY 10th MAY at 9am:

The Wargrave Weekend Warrior is a really popular route and the distance is compensated for with it’s buzzing flat terrain. Coffee stop at H’Artisan and we know you’ll love this route, because so many people have requested it … a People’s Choice ride by West London Cycling.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE WARGROVE WEEKEND WARRIOR: ROUTE HERE 87km 474m ascent

THE WARGRAVE WEEKEND WARRIOR GRAND RIDE: ROUTE HERE 90km 500m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES 10th MAY:

WARGRAVE WARRIOR – 87km 474m ascent

WARGRAVE WARRIOR : ROUTE HERE 87km 474m ascent

WARGRAVE WARRIOR GRAND RIDE: 90km 500m ascent

WARGRAVE WARRIOR GRAND RIDE: ROUTE HERE 90km 500m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Bank Holiday Blasts with WEST LONDON CYCLING

There are two Bank Holidays in May, so two WEST LONDON CYCLING specials for you to enjoy. Monday 4th May we do London to Brighton and 25th May it’s Oxford and back … Original Routes created by West London Cycling.

BOTH ARE FREE TO RIDE BUT YOU MUST BE A MEMBER – MEMBERSHIP IS FREE

Join Here

BOTH EVENTS HAVE COLLECTIBLE FINISHER’S ROUNDELS AT £5 EACH

THE ANNUAL BRIGHTON BEANO ON MONDAY 4th MAY (7am or 8am start options)

This will be the 5th Brighton Beano by West London Cycling, using our own unique route avoiding the well worn paths so often used by others.

OPTIONAL 7am START TIME NOW ADDED … turn up at Hillingdon Station at 7am or 8am

Plus another coveted and collectible West London Cycling Finisher’s Roundel for your collection will be available.

You can register here

You can catch the train back after fish and chips on the beach at Brighton. No need to book the train in advance, we tend to go from Brighton to Farringdon and then back to West London on either the Metropolitan Line or Elizabeth Line but other London destinations are available.

There are plenty of trains, usually with two carriages allocated for cyclists. The number of bikes on any one train may be a consideration. In past years people have caught trains in small groups as and when they feel ready to leave, so overcrowding is unlikely to be an issue.

Now in its 5th year, the route and ride remain a mainstay of the West London Cycling Calendar … it’s so much fun on the run!

7am or 8am start on Bank Holiday Monday 4th May from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) ….  due to demand we have added an optional 7am start. You can choose whichever suits you.

We expect the 7am starters to be Medium Paced Riders doing the full ‘there and back’ route or Social Riders doing the One Way and Train Back route who want a little extra time. However, these are not mandatory and you are free to choose either start time for any reason that may suit you.

CAFE STOPS:

The Queen Stage (on left) at Effingham 43.5km.

Billy’s on the Road Cafe (on Right) at Fiveoaks 73.5km

LINKS TO GPX FILES FOR DOWNLOAD:

Brighton Beano One Way GPX route 121km 1,064m ascent

Brighton Beano Return GPX route 225km 2,052m ascent

FINISHERS’ ROUNDELS AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE AT £5 EACH

OPTION ONE … RIDE TO BRIGHTON AND CATCH THE TRAIN BACK 121km

Brighton Beano One Way route 121km 1,064m ascent

OPTION TWO .. RIDE THERE AND BACK 225km

Brighton Beano Return route 225km 2,052m ascent

THEN ON MONDAY 25th MAY IT’S THE INAUGURAL WEST LONDON-OXFORD-WEST LONDON (WOW!) RIDE

Start at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) Bank Holiday Monday 25th May

162km 1,259m ascent

Two cafe stops as we ride to Oxford and back … another West London Cycling original.

You can register here on Strava

GPX Files will be made available nearer the date

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

A Monster May Bank Holiday Weekend with West London Cycling; Sunday and Monday we’re on the byway, here’s what you need to know for your weekend show:

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATION … a great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

FIRST UP SUNDAY 3rd MAY at 9am:

Scroll down for Bank Holiday Monday Brighton Ride details.

The Walton Wallop is another all new addition to the extensive library of West London Cycling’s original routes …. and we think you’ll love it … join in and find out why!

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE WALTON WALLOP: ROUTE HERE 76km 268m ascent

THE WALTON WALLOP DELUXE: ROUTE HERE 79km 293m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES 3rd MAY:

WALTON WALLOP- 76km 268m ascent

WALTON WALLOP: ROUTE HERE 76km 268m ascent

WALTON WALLOP DELUXE: 79km 293m ascent

WALTON WALLOP DELUXE: ROUTE HERE 79km 293m ascent

THEN IT’S THE ANNUAL BRIGHTON BEANO ON MONDAY 4th MAY (7am or 8am start options)

This will be the 5th Brighton Beano by West London Cycling, using our own unique route avoiding the well worn paths so often used by others.

OPTIONAL 7am START TIME NOW ADDED … turn up at Hillingdon Station at 7am or 8am

Plus another coveted and collectible West London Cycling Finisher’s Roundel for your collection will be available.

You can register here

You can catch the train back after fish and chips on the beach at Brighton. No need to book the train in advance, we tend to go from Brighton to Farringdon and then back to West London on either the Metropolitan Line or Elizabeth Line but other London destinations are available.

There are plenty of trains, usually with two carriages allocated for cyclists. The number of bikes on any one train may be a consideration. In past years people have caught trains in small groups as and when they feel ready to leave, so overcrowding is unlikely to be an issue.

Now in its 5th year, the route and ride remain a mainstay of the West London Cycling Calendar … it’s so much fun on the run!

7am or 8am start on Bank Holiday Monday 4th May from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) ….  due to demand we have added an optional 7am start. You can choose whichever suits you.

We expect the 7am starters to be Medium Paced Riders doing the full ‘there and back’ route or Social Riders doing the One Way and Train Back route who want a little extra time. However, these are not mandatory and you are free to choose either start time for any reason that may suit you.

CAFE STOPS:

The Queen Stage (on left) at Effingham 43.5km.

Billy’s on the Road Cafe (on Right) at Fiveoaks 73.5km

LINKS TO GPX FILES FOR DOWNLOAD:

Brighton Beano One Way GPX route 121km 1,064m ascent

Brighton Beano Return GPX route 225km 2,052m ascent

FINISHERS’ ROUNDELS AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE AT £5 EACH

OPTION ONE … RIDE TO BRIGHTON AND CATCH THE TRAIN BACK 121km

Brighton Beano One Way route 121km 1,064m ascent

OPTION TWO .. RIDE THERE AND BACK 225km

Brighton Beano Return route 225km 2,052m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Race 3.4 end of Series Three – Results and Final Standings .. OTR’s James Ogilvie wins the series, Dirk Segers wins the race! Series 4 Starts 21st September

Scroll down for results and standings.

SERIES 4 IS FROM 21st SEPTEMBER TO 14th DECEMBER EVERY MONDAY AT 19.00pm UK TIME on BIKETERRA

We are delighted to congatulate James Ogilvie on winning Monday Malarkey Series 3 just ahead of Gordon Jackson and Matt Gibbs. Well done guys, and to everyone who took part … we start again with Series 4 on Biketerra on Monday 21st September at 19.00 UK Time.

Dirk Segers took the win on the day ahead of Gautam Thakkar and James Ogilvie.

Scroll down for standings

SERIES 4 DETAILS HERE

RESULTS: RACE 3.4

SCROLL DOWN FOR FINAL SERIES 3 STANDINGS

Monday Malarkey continues into winter 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 21st September and 14th December 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

ENTER THE RACES HERE:

STAGE 1: 21st September 19.00 UK Time BARBUDA RIDDIMS 15.9km 27m ascent

STAGE 2: 28th September 19.00 UK Time Tossa Tornado 15.9km 164m ascent

STAGE 3: 5th October 19.00 UK Time MUOV on Up 16.7km 64m ascent

STAGE 4: 12th October 19.00 UK Time Elton’s Pel’ton 15.5km 96m ascent

STAGE 5: 19th October 19.00 UK Time Ruislip Specialized 15.7km 84m ascent

STAGE 6: 26th October 19.00 UK Time Box Hill Biketerra 16.6km 217m ascent

STAGE 7: 2nd November 19.00 UK Time La Croisetterra 15.8m 112m ascent

STAGE 8: 9th November 19.00 UK Time Fifield 10 Miler 16.5km 105m ascent

STAGE 9: 16th November 19.00 UK Time Coy Carp Classic 16.6km 113m ascent

STAGE 10: 23rd November Tour de RickTerra 15.3km 94m ascent

STAGE 11: 30th November Barmouth Bash 15.3km 113m ascent

STAGE 12: 7th December Honfleur Hurricane 16.4km 67m ascent

STAGE 13: 14th December Miss-Tricht Canals 15.5km 58m ascent

MONDAY MALARKEY WILL BE BACK ON 21st SEPTEMBER

FINAL STANDINGS SERIES 3

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

MONDAY MALARKEY WILL BE BACK ON 27th APRIL AND THEN SERIES 4 STARTS ON 21st SEPTEMBER

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

The West London Cycling Sunday Ride on Sunday 3rd May brings you another Brand Spanking new route from the West London Cycling collection.

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATIONa great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

NEXT UP SUNDAY 3rd MAY at 9am:

The Walton Wallop is another all new addition to the extensive library of West London Cycling’s original routes …. and we think you’ll love it … join in and find out why!

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE WALTON WALLOP: ROUTE HERE 76km 268m ascent

THE WALTON WALLOP DELUXE: ROUTE HERE 79km 293m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES 3rd MAY:

WALTON WALLOP- 76km 268m ascent

WALTON WALLOP: ROUTE HERE 76km 268m ascent

WALTON WALLOP DELUXE: 79km 293m ascent

WALTON WALLOP DELUXE: ROUTE HERE 79km 293m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

The Brighton Beano (No5) is on Bank Holiday Monday 4th May starting at 8am (optional 7am start now added) from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) …. A West London Cycling classic with our own original route

This will be the 5th Brighton Beano by West London Cycling, using our own unique route avoiding the well worn paths so often used by others.

Plus another coveted and collectible West London Cycling Finisher’s Roundel for your collection will be available.

You can register here

You can catch the train back after fish and chips on the beach at Brighton. No need to book the train in advance, we tend to go from Brighton to Farringdon and then back to West London on either the Metropolitan Line or Elizabeth Line but other London destinations are available.

There are plenty of trains, usually with two carriages allocated for cyclists. The number of bikes on any one train may be a consideration. In past years people have caught trains in small groups as and when they feel ready to leave, so overcrowding is unlikely to be an issue.

Now in its 5th year, the route and ride remain a mainstay of the West London Cycling Calendar … it’s so much fun on the run!

8am start on Bank Holiday Monday 4th May from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) …. however, due to demand we have also now added an optional 7am start. You can choose whichever suits you.

We expect the 7am starters to be Medium Paced Riders doing the full ‘there and back’ route or Social Riders doing the One Way and Train Back route who want a little extra time. However, these are not mandatory and you are free to choose either start time for any reason that may suit you.

CAFE STOPS:

The Queen Stage (on left) at Effingham 43.5km.

Billy’s on the Road Cafe (on Right) at Fiveoaks 73.5km

LINKS TO GPX FILES FOR DOWNLOAD:

Brighton Beano One Way GPX route 121km 1,064m ascent

Brighton Beano Return GPX route 225km 2,052m ascent

FINISHERS’ ROUNDELS AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE AT £5 EACH

OPTION ONE … RIDE TO BRIGHTON AND CATCH THE TRAIN BACK 121km

Brighton Beano One Way route 121km 1,064m ascent

OPTION TWO .. RIDE THERE AND BACK 225km

Brighton Beano Return route 225km 2,052m ascent

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Another Brand Spanking new route from West London Cycling … at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) on Sunday 26th April …. free rides, free membership and free spirit

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATIONa great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

NEXT UP SUNDAY 26th APRIL:

The Rocky Roller is an all new addition to the extensive library of West London Cycling’s original routes …. and it is an absolute treat … join in and find out why!

(Special thanks to Paul at Specialized Ruislip for inspiring this route)

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROCKY ROLLER: ROUTE HERE 80km 640m ascent

THE ROCKY ROLLER REMIX: ROUTE HERE 84km 692m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES 26th APRIL:

ROCKY ROLLER- 80km 640m ascent

THE ROCKY ROLLER: ROUTE HERE 80km 640m ascent

ROCKY ROLLER REMIX: 84km 692m ascent

THE ROCKY ROLLER REMIX: ROUTE HERE 84km 692m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey …. Final Race of Series 3, titles to race for before the summer break ….. Be on the start line at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra for Race 3.4

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.4 ON 20th APRIL HERE

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings and route map.

RACE 3.4 .. The Funky Fox through Maidenhead and Slough

Scroll down for route and current standings

Series three runs through April (4 Races):

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

SERIES FOUR FROM 21st September to 14th DECEMBER (13 Races)

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT3 (4 races) 

Series details here

6th APRIL TO 27th APRIL 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.4 ON 13th APRIL HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into April 2026 and we have 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

The West London Cycling Peak District Trip Gallery

We had a great time on our 2026 Peak District trip … it was hilly with stunning scenery and great roads as expected but with so much more … it certainly exceeded already high expectations! And Winnat’s Pass wasn’t the only steep hill we encountered.

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Race 3.3 Results and Standings

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.4 ON 20th April HERE

Scroll down for results and standings.

Next week in series three, The Funky Fox race in the Thames Valley

ENTER HERE

Scroll down for standings, gallery and race videos.

Torsten Holz, Jeppe Snaever and Mat Hammond took the podium positions ahead of James ogilvie and Grant Carruthers but with one race to go it seems that General Classification is between Torsten Holz, James Ogilvie and Gordon Jackson. Race 3.4 is looking like quite an exciting event. Not only is GC looking exciting but there could be an even biger battle for the Best 3 Results Classification with Gordon Jackson and James Ogilvie capable of winning it if Torsten Holz makes a slip …. one race to go before the summer break, so don’t miss this potential thriller. Series 4 starts on Monday 21st September.

RESULTS: RACE 3.3

Monday Malarkey continues into Spring 2026 and we have a mini-series of 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on …. Series Three is sub-titled the Soul of Cycling and visits the former sites of some of Britain’s greatest Soul Music clubs from the 1970s

ENTER THE RACES HERE:

STAGE 4: 27th April 19.00 UK Time Funky Fox (Slough) 16.8km 45m ascent

MONDAY MALARKEY WILL BE BACK ON 27th APRIL AND THEN SERIES 4 STARTS ON 21st SEPTEMBER

CURRENT STANDINGS SERIES 3

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT3 (4 races) 

6th April to 27th April 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.4 ON 27th April HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into Spring 2026 and we have a mini-series of 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on …. Series Three is sub-titled the Soul of Cycling and visits the former sites of some of Britain’s greatest Soul Music clubs from the 1970s

ENTER THE FINAL RACE OF SERIES 3 HERE:

STAGE 4: 27th April 19.00 UK Time Funky Fox (Slough) 16.8km 45m ascent

MONDAY MALARKEY WILL BE BACK ON 27th APRIL AND THEN SERIES 4 STARTS ON 21st SEPTEMBER

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Cycle the Little Green Boat routes, classic West London Cycling Originals …… Sunday 19th April at 9am from Hillingdon Station

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

START LOCATION GUIDE: HILLINGDON STATIONa great venue for your cycling adventures to begin!

NEXT UP SUNDAY 19th APRIL:

The Little Green Boat routes are fast and flat with a great Thames-side cafe stop. An enjoyable Surreyside loop with a a riverside stop from the West London Cycling original routes archive. Scroll down for route details.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

LITTLE GREEN BOAT RIDE: ROUTE HERE 61km 345m ascent

LITTLE GREEN BOAT CRUISE: ROUTE HERE 68km 409m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES 19th APRIL:

LITTLE GREEN BOAT RIDE- 61km 345m ascent

LITTLE GREEN BOAT RIDE: ROUTE HERE 61km 345m ascent

LITTLE GREEN BOAT CRUISE: 68km 409m ascent

LITTLE GREEN BOAT CRUISE: ROUTE HERE 68km 409m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Race 3.3 … a Thames Titan on Monday 20th April at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra … Fast Blast online racing to exhilarate your evening!

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.3 ON 20th APRIL HERE

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings and route map.

RACE 3.3 .. Goldmine – TOTS a journey between two iconic Essex Soul Clubs from the past … Canvey Islnad to Southend

Scroll down for route and current standings

Series three runs through April (4 Races):

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT3 (4 races) 

Series details here

6th APRIL TO 27th APRIL 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.2 ON 13th APRIL HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into April 2026 and we have 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Race 3.2 Results and Standings

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.3 ON 20th April HERE

Torsten Holz held off Mat Hammond and Jeppe Snaever for a fine win as we reach half way in the Monday Malarkey April Mini-Series. Next week we head further south for a race along the Rives Thames Estuary in Essex (UK).

Torsten Holz leads in General Classification ahead of OTR’s James Ogilvie and Gordon Jackson.

Scroll down for results and standings.

Next week in series three, The Soul of Cycling series continues with the Goldmine – TOTS race

ENTER HERE

Scroll down for standings, gallery and race videos.

RESULTS: RACE 3.2

Monday Malarkey continues into Spring 2026 and we have a mini-series of 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on …. Series Three is sub-titled the Soul of Cycling and visits the former sites of some of Britain’s greatest Soul Music clubs from the 1970s

ENTER THE RACES HERE:

STAGE 3: 20th April 19.00 UK Goldmine-TOTS (Canvey-Southend) 17km 61m ascent

STAGE 4: 27th April 19.00 UK Time Funky Fox (Slough) 16.8km 45m ascent

CURRENT STANDINGS SERIES 3

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT3 (4 races) 

6th April to 27th April 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.3 ON 20th April HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into Spring 2026 and we have a mini-series of 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on …. Series Three is sub-titled the Soul of Cycling and visits the former sites of some of Britain’s greatest Soul Music clubs from the 1970s

ENTER THE RACES HERE:

STAGE 3: 20th April 19.00 UK Goldmine-TOTS (Canvey-Southend) 17km 61m ascent

STAGE 4: 27th April 19.00 UK Time Funky Fox (Slough) 16.8km 45m ascent

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Another chance to do the General Pedal route with West London Cycling at 9am on Sunday 12th April from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … Original Routes from West London Cycling

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

Another new recently created route from West London Cycling being run for the second time after a very successful run during the winter months. Moderate climbing, below average for the area with a great cafe stop.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

NEXT UP SUNDAY 12th APRIL:

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

General Pedal is a Chiltern special with a great coffee stop and yet another original ride created by West London Cycling. For a Chiltern ride the ascent is

GENERAL PEDAL: ROUTE HERE 85km 789m ascent

GENERAL PEDAL PLUS: ROUTE HERE 88km 814m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

THE ROUTES 5th APRIL:

LYNE CYCLING – 85km 789m ascent

GENERAL PEDAL: ROUTE HERE 85km 789m ascent

LYNE CYCLING LONGER: 88km 814m ascent

GENERAL PEDAL PLUS: ROUTE HERE 88km 814m ascent

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s o

Monday Malarkey Race 3.2 on Biketerra .. Monday 13th April at 19.00pm UK Time … it’s the big’un from Wigan!

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.2 ON 13th APRIL HERE

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings and route map.

RACE 3.2 .. North West England hosts us virtually as we circuit Wigan

Series three runs through April (4 Races):

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

Series details here

6th APRIL TO 27th APRIL 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.2 ON 13th APRIL HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into April 2026 and we have 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Race 3.1 Results and Standings

Monday Malarkey Series three kicked off with a ‘roller coaster’ of a race literally as some gradient glitches in the second half of the course made it seem less BMS (the Blackpool Mecca Shuffler) Course and more like BMX! Apologies from the organisers, we were rapidly trying to fix it just before the race but ran out of time.

Nevertheless, it did not affect the outcome, we believe as Wouter Claes kicked off the series with a fine win on Easter Monday ahead of Karl-Axel Zander Persson and Torsten Holz.

There are only four races is series 3, and so even if you missed thbis opener, you could still be the best of three champion by signing up for the next three races ….

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.2 ON 13th April HERE

Next week in series three, The Soul of Cycling series continues with the Casino Classic (Wigan)

ENTER HERE

Scroll down for standings, gallery and race videos.

RESULTS: RACE 3.1

Monday Malarkey continues into Spring 2026 and we have a mini-series of 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on …. Series Three is sub-titled the Soul of Cycling and visits the former sites of some of Britain’s greatest Soul Music clubs from the 1970s

ENTER THE RACES HERE:

STAGE 2: 13th April 19.00 UK Time Casino Classic (Wigan) 15.6km 108m ascent

STAGE 3: 20th April 19.00 UK Goldmine-TOTS (Canvey-Southend) 17km 61m ascent

STAGE 4: 27th April 19.00 UK Time Funky Fox (Slough) 16.8km 45m ascent

CURRENT STANDINGS SERIES 3

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT3 (4 races) 

6th April to 27th April 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.2 ON 13th April HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into Spring 2026 and we have a mini-series of 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on …. Series Three is sub-titled the Soul of Cycling and visits the former sites of some of Britain’s greatest Soul Music clubs from the 1970s

ENTER THE RACES HERE:

STAGE 2: 13th April 19.00 UK Time Casino Classic (Wigan) 15.6km 108m ascent

STAGE 3: 20th April 19.00 UK Goldmine-TOTS (Canvey-Southend) 17km 61m ascent

STAGE 4: 27th April 19.00 UK Time Funky Fox (Slough) 16.8km 45m ascent

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

April 2026 with West London Cycling – Free to join, free to ride, free sprit on the road … just head for Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) at 9am every Sunday for the start of West London Cycling ridetime!

More brand spanking new Sunday routes for April 2026, a Good Friday special, a trip to the Peak District, a velodrome night and 4 online races … plus our online TTT teams. Join the fun with West London Cycling every Sunday from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Meet up every Sunday at 9am outside Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) under the shelter by the cycle racks at the entrance. You can grab a coffee at the cafe by the traffic lights at the start or a beer at the end in the pub by the station. The giratory one way access into and out of the station forecourt is reassuringly safe for cyclists too and suits our club rides … deluxe Sunday Rides from West London Cycling.

Add in our Good Friday Special on 3rd April and our online races at 7pm every Monday on Biketerra and you’ll see why West London Cycling is the club for you … all with free membership and free to ride.

Route GPX files are made available in the week of the ride.

 GOOD FRIDAY 3rd April 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} OPTION ONE The Short Good Friday 60km Option Two: The long Good Friday 64km

 Sunday 5th April 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Lyne Cycling 75km OPTION TWO: Lyne Cycling Longer 79km

 Monday 6th April 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/2177

 Wednesday 8th April Lee Valley Velodrome 7.30pm MEMBERS ONLY

 Sunday 12th April 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Geeral Pedal 85km OPTION TWO: General Pedal Plus 88km

 Monday 13th April 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/2178

Thursday 16th April to Monday 20th April Peak District Trip SOLD OUT

 Sunday 19th April 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Little Green Boat Ride 61km OPTION TWO: Little Gren Boat Cruise 67km

 Monday 20th April 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/2179

 Sunday 26th April 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Rocky Roller 80km OPTION TWO: Rocky Roller Remix 84km

 Monday 27th April 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/2180

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Your West London Cycling Sunday ride on 5th April at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … we’re going Lyne Cycling to Surrey!

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP HERE

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

LYNE CYCLING SUNDAY 5th APRIL:

Line dancing involves groups of dancers whilst Lyne Cycling involves groups of cyclists dancing on their pedals out to Lyne in Surrey for coffee and cake … another original route from WEST LONDON CYCLING. Join us at 9am at HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR); hitch onto our coaster and ramble out Surrey y’all!

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

THE ROUTES AND GPX DOWNLOADS

LYNE CYCLING: ROUTE HERE 75km 479m ascent

LYNE CYCLING LONGER: ROUTE HERE 79km 498m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

THE ROUTES 5th APRIL:

LYNE CYCLING – 75km 479m ascent

LYNE CYCLING: ROUTE HERE 75km 479m ascent

LYNE CYCLING LONGER: 79km 498m ascent

LYNE CYCLING LONGER: ROUTE HERE 79km 498m ascent

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

It’s the 2026 West London Cycling GOOD FRIDAY RIDE …. a morning spin from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) at 9am Friday 3rd April (BANK HOLIDAY)

Bank Holiday Friday morning on Friday 3rd April (Good Friday) we are starting out at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) for a spin around the Thames Valley (not too hilly) and a nice social coffee stop at Jenners Cafe in Maidenhead. Nothing too demanding but a pleasant start to your Bank Holiday Weekend with West London Cycling.

Register on Strava HERE

Two route distances to choose from

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

Check out the routes here:

THE SHORT GOOD FRIDAY ROUTE

60km 336m ascent

THE LONG GOOD FRIDAY ROUTE

64km 358 m ascent

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

West London Cycling; For Free Membership, Free Sunday Rides and Free Spirit ….. Our own original routes every Sunday at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

NEXT UP SUNDAY 5th APRIL:

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Line dancing involves groups of dancers whilst Lyne Cycling involves groups of cyclists dancing on their pedals out to Lyne in Surrey for coffee and cake … another original route from WEST LONDON CYCLING. Join us at 9am at HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR); hitch onto our coaster and ramble out Surrey y’all!

LYNE CYCLING: ROUTE HERE 75km 479m ascent

LYNE CYCLING LONGER: ROUTE HERE 79km 498m ascent

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

THE ROUTES 5th APRIL:

LYNE CYCLING – 75km 479m ascent

LYNE CYCLING: ROUTE HERE 75km 479m ascent

LYNE CYCLING LONGER: 79km 498m ascent

LYNE CYCLING LONGER: ROUTE HERE 79km 498m ascent

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Series 3 (four weeks) kicks off with the Blackpool Mecca Shuffler … a 16km Coastal Cracker on Biketerra on Monday 6th April at 19.00pm UK Time

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.1 ON 6th APRIL HERE

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings and route map.

RACE 3.1 .. North West England hosts us virtually as we storm into Blackpool

Series three runs through April (4 Races):

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

Series details here

6th APRIL TO 27th APRIL 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.1 ON 6th APRIL HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into April 2026 and we have 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

A Feast O’ Easter Fiesta with WEST LONDON CYCLING!

It’s a Bumper Bank Holiday Weekend with West London Cycling this Easter .. a couple of nice spins on Friday 3rd and Sunday 5th April from Hillingdon Station at 9am with our usual Monday Malarkey online race on Monday at 7pm on Biketera.

SCROLL DOWN FOR RIDE DETAILS AND LINKS.

Join the fun and social West London Scene … Membership is free JOIN FOR FREE HERE

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

 GOOD FRIDAY 3rd April 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} OPTION ONE The Short Good Friday 60km Option ROUTE HERE Two: The long Good Friday 64km ROUTE HERE A quick morning spin to the Thames Valley, fairly flat with a coffee stop at Jenners in Maidenhead. Two routes, 60km or 64km

 Sunday 5th April 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Lyne Cycling 75km ROUTE HERE OPTION TWO: Lyne Cycling Longer 79km ROUTE HERE Our Regular Sunday Ride with a new route.

 Monday 6th April 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/2177 The start of Series 3, which comprises just 4 Monday evening races across April.

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

The Soul of Cycling: Monday Malarkey online racing on Biketerra enters Series Three – a four race series across April 2026 by West London Cycling … Mondays at 19.00pm UK Time

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

The Soul of Cycling as we race around some of Britain’s greatest soul music venues. During May Mondays will be organised by the OZe guys with a Giro Special.

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT3 (4 races) 

6th April TO 27th April 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into Spring 2026 and we have a mini-series of 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on …. Series Three is sub-titled the Soul of Cycling and visits the former sites of some of Britain’s greatest Soul Music clubs from the 1970s

ENTER THE RACES HERE:

STAGE 1: 6th April 19.00 UK Time Blackpool Mecca Shuffler 17.2km 76m ascent

STAGE 2: 13th April 19.00 UK Time Casino Classic (Wigan) 15.6km 108m ascent

STAGE 3: 20th April 19.00 UK Time Goldmine-TOTS (Canvey-Southend) 17km 61m ascent

STAGE 4: 27th April 19.00 UK Time Funky Fox (Slough) 16.8km 45m ascent

SCROLL DOWN FOR COURSE DETAILS

CLASSIFICATIONS

STAGE 1: 6th April 19.00 UK Time Blackpool Mecca Shuffler 17.2km 76m ascent

STAGE 2: 13th April 19.00 UK Time Casino Classic (Wigan) 15.6km 108m ascent

STAGE 3: 20th April 19.00 UK Goldmine-TOTS (Canvey-Southend) 17km 61m ascent

STAGE 4: 27th April 19.00 UK Time Funky Fox (Slough) 16.8km 45m ascent

West london Cycling … the original London Westside Cycling scene

Early Summer Specials from West London Cycling, your April to June one day classics:

As well as our popular free Sunday Rides at 9am every Sunday from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) we put on specila rides and events. Check out the exciting events coming up across April, May and June from WEST LONDON CYCLING:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

You must be a member to enter the free rides … Membership is free here.

FIRST UP: THE EASTER FRIDAY BANK HOLIDAY RIDE on Friday 3rd April

Register here on Strava

Friday 3rd April at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE The Short Good Friday 60km 336m ascent OPTION TWO: The long Good Friday 64km 358m ascent

VELODROME EVENING Wednesday 8th April

Wednesday 8th April Strictly Members Only Please contact us if you wish to take part.

4th MAY BANK HOLIDAY MONDAY- THE ANNUAL BRIGHTON BEANO No5

Register here on Strava

THE BRIGHTON BEANO. Either 121 km and return by train or 225km round trip. We finish at Brighton Pier and have Fish and Chips on the beach with a couple of optional stops en-route for food and coffee. An 8am start, now in its fifth year.

FRIDAY – SATURDAY 15th/16th MAY (MIDNIGHT START) – THE ‘BRIGHTON WITH LIGHTS-ON’ NIGHT RIDE

Register here on Strava

A night ride starting at midnight Friday/Saturday 15th/16th May on our own especially designed purpose built unique route to Brighton. 148km and 1119m ascent There are some 24 garage stops en-route but the aim is breakfast in Brighton. Train back Saturday morning … please ensure you have good lights.

SATURDAY 30th MAY – TOUR DE RICKY (SOLD OUT)

SATURDAY 27th JUNE – SOIL TRAIN (GRAVEL SECTIONS ON OLD RAILWAY LINES)

Register here on Strava

The route uses several disused railway lines which have been hard-packed for cycling. Although we suggest this as a gravel ride, a decent road bike with wide enough tyres should be sufficient. We stop at the infamous Spoke Cafe. 132km 979m ascent.

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

PEAK PRACTICE APRIL 2026 WEEKEND SOLD OUT

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Series two final results and Series three details – Lorenzo Simons gets a clean sweep of the final stage, GC and Best of Eight… CHAPEAU SIR!

Monday Malarkey Series two final results and Series three details – Lorenzo Simons gets a clean sweep of the final stage, GC and Best of Eight… CHAPEAU SIR!

ENTER RACE 3.1 ON 6th April HERE

Next week it’s series three, The Soul of Cycling series starting with the Blackpool Mecca Shuffler

ENTER HERE

Lorenzo Simons is the ‘Toast of Biketerra’ today as he won the final race of Monday Malarkey Series 2, the General Classification and the Best of 8 Classification … very well done indeed!

Lorenzo beat Torsten Holz and Aku Haiko to the line with Gautam Thakkar taking fourth place and securing third place in General Classification but having to settle for forth place in the Best of 8 Classification as OTR’s James Ogilvie held on to third place.

But a special mention has to go to Australia’s Michael Crummy who got up at some ridiculous hour to ride the last race after the clocks had changed in for summer/winter and secured second spot in General Classification and fifth in the Best of 8.

Biketerra, West London Cycling, James Ogilvie, Wouter Claes, OZe, Lorenzo Simons and lots of other people have put a lot into evolving Biketerra. A lot of us from the RGT era. But the reason it is worth it is because this community has so many great characters. Apologies if we haven’t mentioned you, we know we’ve missed out some great and important characters … but this is a fantastic community and Biketerra has brought the atmosphere of RGT back to us … please give Matt and the Biketerra team as much support as you can … we know you will and thankyou to you all for making smart trainers fun again! Look out for the Giro Series in May (from OZe) and La Vuelta de Casa de Campo (from Lorenzo Simons from 1 April to 4 April – this week) … let’s build this community!

Scroll down for standings, gallery and race videos.

Let’s rock Series 3 on Monday 6th April.

ENTER THE BLACKPOOL MECCA SHUFFLER HERE

RESULTS: RACE 2.13

SERIES THREE IS COMING IN APRIL (4 RACES)

Monday Malarkey continues into Spring 2026 and we have a mini-series of 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on …. Series Three is sub-titled the Soul of Cycling and visits the former sites of some of Britain’s greatest Soul Music clubs from the 1970s

ENTER THE RACES HERE:

STAGE 1: 6th April 19.00 UK Time Blackpool Mecca Shuffler 17.2km 76m ascent

STAGE 2: 13th April 19.00 UK Time Casino Classic (Wigan) 15.6km 108m ascent

STAGE 3: 20th April 19.00 UK Goldmine-TOTS (Canvey-Southend) 17km 61m ascent

STAGE 4: 27th April 19.00 UK Time Funky Fox (Slough) 16.8km 45m ascent

OTR VIDEO

FINAL STANDINGS SERIES 2

RACE VIDEO

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT3 (4 races) 

6th April to 27th April 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 3.1 ON 6th April HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into Spring 2026 and we have a mini-series of 4 races lined up for you between 6th April and 27th April 2026, with your best 4 (General Classification) or best 3 (Best of 3) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 4 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on …. Series Three is sub-titled the Soul of Cycling and visits the former sites of some of Britain’s greatest Soul Music clubs from the 1970s

ENTER THE RACES HERE:

STAGE 1: 6th April 19.00 UK Time Blackpool Mecca Shuffler 17.2km 76m ascent

STAGE 2: 13th April 19.00 UK Time Casino Classic (Wigan) 15.6km 108m ascent

STAGE 3: 20th April 19.00 UK Goldmine-TOTS (Canvey-Southend) 17km 61m ascent

STAGE 4: 27th April 19.00 UK Time Funky Fox (Slough) 16.8km 45m ascent

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES TWO FINALE ON MONDAY 30th MARCH AT 19.00pm (UK Time) (SERIES 3 STARTS NEXT WEEK) on Biketerra

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.13 ON 30th MARCH HERE

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings and route map.

RACE 2.13 From the river Clyde to the Bonnie, Bonnie Banks of Loch Lomond (Scotland)

Series three is coming in April:

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

Series details here

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.13 ON 30th MARCH HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Stop at the cafe or add in an extra climb and then come back to the cafe? It’s the West London Cycling Stick or Twist ride on Sunday 29th March at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) Cafe or Climb? Stick or Twist?

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

At first glance, our two Sunday Ride Routes for Sunday 29th March (9am from Hillingdon Station – UB10 9NR) look the same, but look again!

The routes are identical as far as the cafe stop, but when you get to the cafe, you can ride on and do a short loop downhill then back up the legendary ‘Twist’ climb and then go to the cafe with everyone else… WILL YOU STICK OR TWIST? CAFE OR CLIMB? decide on the day, and we’ll see you at Hillingdon Staion at 9am Sunday 29th March and at the cafe, whichever option you choose!

STICK OR TWIST – STICK, ROUTE HERE 81km 700m ascent

STICK OR TWIST – TWIST, ROUTE HERE 83.5km 748m ascent

A few months ago we were discussing The Twist and decided to build it in to a Sunday ride as an additional, but optional, challenge and we think we’ve found a great novel way of letting you decide at the last moment – Sick or Twist? Cafe of Climb. If you do the climb you wind up back at the cafe where you can tell the stickers all about it! Join West London Cycling on another original new route … at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

Strava

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

Sunday 29th March from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Stick or Twist – Stick, or Stick or Twist – Twist enjoy a Coffee Stop at Wiggington and are brand new routes from West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive offering of local cycling routes (founded 2021). The cafe stop is at 37 or 40km depending on which route you choose. 

We offer two route choices at 81km or 83.5km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

STICK OR TWIST – STICK 81km ROUTE HERE

81km 700m ascent

STICK OR TWIST – TWIST 83.5km ROUTE HERE

83.5km 748m ascent

Another Brand New original route from West London Cycling .. home of the Brand Spanker!

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

STICK – STOP AT THE CAFE AND AVOID THE TWIST

STICK OR TWIST – STICK, ROUTE HERE 81km 700m ascent

OR

TWIST – PASS THE CAFE AND LOOP BACK WITH AN ASCENT OF ‘THE TWIST’ CLIMB BEFORE YOUR COFFEE AND CAKE!

STICK OR TWIST – TWIST, ROUTE HERE 83.5km 748m ascent

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Race 2.12 Results and Standings, gallery and video

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.13 ON 30th March HERE

Next week it’s back to Scotland for the Leven-Lomond … a spin out along the River to th Bonnie Banks of Loch Lomond

ENTER HERE

Lorenzo Simons stormed to victory ahead of Jeppe Snaever and Aku Haiko to cement his position at the top of GC and only Michael Crummy can catch him now. Michael is assured of second place though as Gautam Thakker cannot catch him, Gautam needs a strong finish in the final race next week to secure his podium spot.

The Best of 8 classification is in the balance and a win next week could securethe double for Lorenzo, but we are sure Mat Hammond will have something to say next week …. the last race in Series two is next week then we have a short series of four races across April in Series Three.

Scroll down for standings, gallery and race videos.

RESULTS: RACE 2.12

SERIES THREE IS COMING IN APRIL (4 RACES)

GALLERY

CURRENT STANDINGS

WOUTER CLAES RACE VIDEO

OTR RACE VIDEO

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.13 ON 30th March HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

West London Cycling; For Free Membership, Free Sunday Rides and Free Spirit ….. Every Sunday 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

NEXT UP:

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

At first glance, our two Sunday Ride Routes for Sunday 29th March (9am from Hillingdon Station – UB10 9NR) look the same, but look again!

The routes are identical as far as the cafe stop, but when you get to the cafe, you can ride on and do a short loop downhill then back up the legendary ‘Twist’ climb and then go to the cafe with everyone else… WILL YOU STICK OR TWIST? CAFE OR CLIMB? decide on the day, and we’ll see you at Hillingdon Staion at 9am Sunday 29th March and at the cafe, whichever option you choose!

SCROLL DOWN FOR A VIDEO OF THE TWIST CLIMB

STICK OR TWIST – STICK: ROUTE HERE 81km 700m ascent

STICK OR TWIST – TWIST: ROUTE HERE 83.5km 748m ascent

A few months ago we were discussing The Twist and decided to build it in to a Sunday ride as an additional, but optional, challenge and we think we’ve found a great novel way of letting you decide at the last moment – Sick or Twist? Cafe of Climb. If you do the climb you wind up back at the cafe where you can tell the stickers all about it! Join West London Cycling on another original new route … at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

Sunday 29th March from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Stick or Twist – Stick, or Stick or Twist – Twist enjoy a Coffee Stop at Wiggington and are brand new routes from West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive offering of local cycling routes (founded 2021). The cafe stop is at 37 or 40km depending on which route you choose. 

We offer two route choices at 81km or 83.5km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

STICK OR TWIST – STICK 81km ROUTE HERE

81km 700m ascent

STICK OR TWIST – TWIST 83.5km ROUTE HERE

83.5km 748m ascent

Another Brand New original route from West London Cycling .. home of the Brand Spanker!

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

STICK – STOP AT THE CAFE AND AVOID THE TWIST

STICK OR TWIST – STICK: ROUTE HERE 81km 700m ascent

OR

TWIST – PASS THE CAFE AND LOOP BACK WITH AN ASCENT OF ‘THE TWIST’ CLIMB BEFORE YOUR COFFEE AND CAKE!

STICK OR TWIST – TWIST: ROUTE HERE 83.5km 748m ascent

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

West London Cycling’s Sunday Sunshine Ride on Sunday 22nd March now has two waterside stops, one for coffee and a sunshine beer garden near the end at the Coy Carp.

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

When the Coy Carp, with its beautiful waterside setting, invited us to stop by for a beer (or lunch if desired) on Sunday 22nd at March we said ‘yes’ straight away … so two waterside stops in one ride with a new route … join us at 9am at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

Sunday 22nd March from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Bulbourne Bash and Bulbourne Bash Bigger with a Coffee Stop at Hemel Hempstead are brand new from West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive offering of local cycling routes (founded 2021). The cafe stop is at 32 or 36km depending on which route you choose. The optional added stop at the Coy Carp in Harefield is at 59km or 63km respectively.

We offer two route choices at 68km or 72km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

BULBOURNE BASH 68km ROUTE HERE

68km 620m ascent

BULBOURNE BASH BIGGER 72km ROUTE HERE

72km 670m ascent

An Brand New original route from West London Cycling .. home of the Brand Spanker!

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

BULBOURNE BASH 68km 620m ascent

ROUTE HERE

BULBOURNE BASH BIGGER 72km 670m ascent

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Original Sunday Rides with West London Cycling continue with another new route from the home of the ‘Brand Spanker’ on Sunday 22nd March at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) …. don’t miss it!

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

NEXT UP:

Sunday 22nd March from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Bulbourne Bash and Bulbourne Bash Bigger with a Coffee Stop at Hemel Hempstead are brand new from West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive offering of local cycling routes (founded 2021). The cafe stop is at 32 or 36km depending on which route you choose.

We offer two route choices at 68km or 72km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

BULBOURNE BASH 68km ROUTE HERE

68km 620m ascent

BULBOURNE BASH BIGGER 72km ROUTE HERE

72km 670m ascent

An Brand New original route from West London Cycling .. home of the Brand Spanker!

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

BULBOURNE BASH 68km 620m ascent

ROUTE HERE

BULBOURNE BASH BIGGER 72km 670m ascent

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Tour de Ricky jerseys available to order in advance at £49.50 (£60 after the event)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

We are pleased to unveil the 2026 Tour de Ricky jersey and have been delighted to be able to hold the price at £49.50 again for advance orders. Orders by Tuesday 24th March will be at £49.50 and we should have these in time for the event. After that, jerseys will cost £60 and will not arrive before the event.

ORDER YOUR TOUR DE RICKY JERSEY HERE

These are quality jerseys provided by Kalas who also supply Cycling Federations and Pro-Teams … a quality item at a discounted price, not to be missed.

Jerseys are made to order and delivery is expected in May 2026 for collection at the SPECIALIZED RUISLIP store or can be posted to UK addresses at an additional charge.

KALAS SIZING – Kalas offer more choices than SML so read carefully. These are snug fitting so if you are at the top of a range then we recommend that you go a size up.

ORDER YOUR TOUR DE RICKY JERSEY HERE

If you have friends who missed out on a Tour de Ricky entry, there is a ‘last chance saloon’ and they could grab an entry:

LAST CHANCES TO ENTER THE TOUR DE RICKY

As with the previous year, we hold a few places back for volunteers and anyone who qualifies via the free to enter Ronde Van Rusty. We need volunteers at the start to help with signing on and Marshaling at the start, and you should be able to start your ride at the back of your distance’s riders … free entry for volunteers. Otherwise, if you ride the Ronde Van Rusty on Saturday 14th March and buy the finishers Roundel, you can buy a Tour de Ricky entry (subject to capacity).

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey online Race 2.12 on Monday 23rd March at 19.00 UK Time on Biketerra, the connoisseurs choice, … just two races left in Series Two (Series three starts in April).

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.12 ON 23rd MARCH HERE

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings and route map.

RACE 2.12 A local course for West London Cycling as we head out to the Chilterns for a race through Amersham and Chorleywood with the classic Amersham Hill climb up to the Tube Station …. expect it to be fast and fun though, it’s not an Alpe, it’s a Chiltern!

Series three is coming in April:

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

Series details here

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.12 ON 23rd MARCH HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

MONDAY MALARKEY RACE 2.11: Results and standings

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.12 ON 23rd March HERE

Next week it’s the Chorleywood Chase … a spin around the low Chilterns just outside North West London.

ENTER HERE

With a first three of Torsten Holz, Wouter Claes and Lorenzo Simons you know this race had pedigree!

Just two races remain in Series Two, but there is a short 4 Race Series across April .. Series Three – The Soul of Cycling which takes in routes around some of the UK’s best Soul Clubs from the 1970s

With two races to go, Lorenzo Simons leads Michael Crummy and Gautam Thakkar in GC whilst those three riders sit just behaind Mat Hammond in the Best of 8 Classification.

Scroll down for standings, gallery and race videos.

RESULTS: RACE 2.11

SERIES THREE IS COMING IN APRIL (4 RACES)

GALLERY

CURRENT STANDINGS

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.12 ON 23rd March HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Your Ronde Van Rusty 2026 Gallery from West London Cycling

Another great Rusty Spring event, thanks to everyone involved, here is your 2026 Ronde Van Rusty Picture Gallery:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

Monday Malarkey online racing on Monday 16th March 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra … virtually storm-away online in Scotland

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.11 ON 16th MARCH HERE

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings and route map.

Another trip to Scotland with a spin around the Isle of Lewis in Scotland’s Outer Hebrides … ancestral home of Clan Morrison (other clans are available) …. this week for Race 2.11 – expect it to be fast and fun!

Series three is coming in April:

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

Series details here

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.11 ON 16th MARCH HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Make it a ‘Double Header’ weekend with WEST LONDON CYCLING with great Saturday and Sunday rides on 14th and 15th March

A bumper weekend ahead with West London Cycling providing two great rides to enjoy …

SATURDAY 14th MARCH – RONDE VAN RUSTY 9am from the Rusty Bife Cafe, Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge UB8 2UW

The Ronde van Rusty routes are now available for download for free. There is no entry fee for this event but you must be a West London Cycling member, you must be over 18 and, of course, you ride at your own risk on public roads

JOIN WEST LONDON CYCLING FOR FREE HERE

Finishers will be entitled to a £17 Tour de Ricky entry if they purchase the Finisher’s Roundel at the end (£5). We will be issuing Brevet Cards at the start to be completed as proof of passage.

There have been pre registrations on Strava, pre-registration is not compulsory but recommended as those pre-registering will be guaranteed a Brevet Card which will be required for Tour de Ricky qualification purposes. You can still turn up on the day unregistered and we should have some Brevet Cards available, but once they have been used up, there will be none available so it is safer to register in advance … we have already ordered the printing of the Brevet Cards and cannot now get extra ones added.

REGISTER ON STRAVA HERE

ON THE DAY INSTRUCTIONS HERE

RONDE VAN RUSTY 85km ROUTE HERE

RONDE VAN RUSTY SHORT 57km ROUTE HERE

Sunday 15th March the SUNDAY RIDE from Hillingdon Station 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Beat Out to the Beech and Beat Out to the Beech Bigger with a Coffee Stop at Beaconsfield are from West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive offering of local cycling routes (founded 2021). There is a cafe stop at 26 or 29km depending on which route you choose.

We offer two route choices at 68km or 71km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

BEAT OUT TO THE BEECH 68km ROUTE HERE

68km 467m ascent

BEAT OUT TO THE BEECH BIGGER 71km ROUTE HERE

71km 552m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling .. home of the Brand Spanker!

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

BEAT OUT TO THE BEECH 68km 467m ascent

ROUTE HERE

The Beat Out to the Beech Bigger 71km 552m ascent

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

The Ronde van Rusty 2026 by West London Cycling … the final countdown

A FREE EVENT BROUGHT TO YOU BY WEST LONDON CYCLING

The Ronde van Rusty routes are now available for download for free. There is no entry fee for this event but you must be a West London Cycling member, you must be over 18 and, of course, you ride at your own risk on public roads

JOIN WEST LONDON CYCLING FOR FREE HERE

Finishers will be entitled to a £17 Tour de Ricky entry if they purchase the Finisher’s Roundel at the end (£5). We will be issuing Brevet Cards at the start to be completed as proof of passage.

There have been pre registrations on Strava, pre-registration is not compulsory but recommended as those pre-registering will be guaranteed a Brevet Card which will be required for Tour de Ricky qualification purposes. You can still turn up on the day unregistered and we should have some Brevet Cards available, but once they have been used up, there will be none available so it is safer to register in advance … we have already ordered the printing of the Brevet Cards and cannot now get extra ones added.

REGISTER ON STRAVA HERE

RONDE VAN RUSTY 85km ROUTE HERE

RONDE VAN RUSTY SHORT 57km ROUTE HERE

ON THE DAY

Uxbridge can be reached by Underground on the Metropolitan or Piccadilly lines and you could also cycle from West Ruislip on the Central Line or West Drayton on the Elizabeth Line. By car, M25, M40, A40 Western avenue. There are multi-story car parks in Uxbridge Town Centre or street parking further out.

The venue is the Rusty Bike Cafe, Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge UB8 2UW. Enter from Slough Road by the first small river bridge heading away from the town centre.

Ride starts at 9am. Collecttion of Brevet Cards starts at 8.25am at the Rusty Bike Cafe. You need to complete some simple questions on the Brevet Card during the ride as proof of passage. Finishers will be entitled to purchase a £5 Finisher’s Roundel and enter the Tour de Ricky (£17). If you want a Tour de Ricky entry you must give us your details a the finish, and we will contact you with entry instructions.

Please follow the marshals’ instructions at the start.

Please support the Rusty Bike Cafe, we will provide free Tea and Coffee at the start but you’ll need to buy food etc. Please support them when you finish.

The Ronde Van Rusty is being run as a free version just for 2026. Don’t miss out!

YOU CAN REGISTER HERE (not compulsory) AND WE WILL GIVE PREFERENCE TO REGISTERED RIDERS IN THE EVENT THAT THERE ARE TOO MANY PEOPLE.

Two route options (see below) at 85km or 57km

THe Ronde van Rusty takes place on Saturday 14th March from the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge UB8 2UW at 9am

This event is also a Tour de Ricky Qualifying event … but to qualify and enter you must purchase a Finisher’s Roundel after completing the Ronde Van Rusty.

Entry is Free, but you must be a member. Membership is also free and you can join here

You do not need to pre-register for this ride but we recommend it if you are seeking to qualify for the Tour de Ricky as preference will be given to those who pre registered.

REGISTER HERE

Finisher’s Roundels available at £5 each

JUST TURN UP ON THE DAY – ROUTES are AVAILABLE FOR GPX DOWNLOAD ON THIS WEBSITE ABOVE YOU CAN REGISTER HERE (not compulsory) BUT RECOMMENDED IF YOU ARE SEEKING TO QUALIFY FOR A TOUR DE RICKY ENTRY.

TWO ROUTE OPTIONS:

RONDE VAN RUSTY SHORT 57km 314m ascent

RONDE VAN RUSTY 86km 566m ascent

OPTION ONE: Ronde Van Rusty Short

OPTION TWO: Ronde Van Rusty

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

The original free Sunday Rides continue with West London Cycling every Sunday at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … Sunday 15th March we march on to Beaconsfield!

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Sunday 15th March from Hillingdon Station 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Beat Out to the Beech and Beat Out to the Beech Bigger with a Coffee Stop at Beaconsfield are from West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive offering of local cycling routes (founded 2021). There is a cafe stop at 26 or 29km depending on which route you choose.

We offer two route choices at 68km or 71km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

BEAT OUT TO THE BEECH 68km ROUTE HERE

68km 467m ascent

BEAT OUT TO THE BEECH BIGGER 71km ROUTE HERE

71km 552m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling .. home of the Brand Spanker!

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

BEAT OUT TO THE BEECH 68km 467m ascent

ROUTE HERE

The Beat Out to the Beech Bigger 71km 552m ascent

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

MONDAY MALARKEY: Race 2.10 Results and Standings

SIGN UP FOR RACE 11 ON 16th March HERE

Next week it’s the Stornaway Storm-Away in Scotland’s Outer Hebridean Islands … ancestral home of Clan Morrison (other clans are available)

ENTER HERE

Great race with a little controversy which we are investigating! …. which all adds to the excitement and drama doesn’t it?

A super fast race with Torsten Holz, Jeppe Snaever and Mat Hammond taking the podium in that order. Lorenzo Simons retook the lead in GC and also leads the best of 8 classification.

As many will know, Gautam Thakkar and Richard Cordova’s finishes did not register intially, adding to the drama and excitement. Gautam’s has been reinstated in the results . We are still investigating Richard’s result at the time of writing. If Richard’s needs reinstating, then the results from 20 downwards would be affected. Richard’s ride appears to end, literally, just before the finish line and we may be minded, on this occasion, to give him a finish time if nobody objects? We know he would have been 20th if he’d crossed the line.

Scroll down for standings, gallery and race videos.

RESULTS: RACE 2.9

OTR RACE VIDEO

GALLERY

CURRENT STANDINGS

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 11 ON 16th March HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Series 2 on Biketerra goes into the last 4 races with all to ride for on Monday 9th March at 19.00pm UK Time

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.10 ON 9th MARCH HERE

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings.

Another trip to France with a blast along the northern shores of Lake Geneva this week for Race 2.10 – expect it to be fast and fun!

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

Series details here

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.10 ON 9th MARCH HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 27th APRIL (4 Races)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Another Brand Spanking new route from West London Cycling for the Sunday Ride from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) at 9am on Sunday 8th March

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Sunday 8th March from Hillingdon Station 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

The Tin spin and Tin Spin Thinnedwith a Coffee Stop near Marlow are from West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive offering of local cycling routes (founded 2021). There is a cafe stop at 32 or 35km depending on which route you choose.

TIN SPIN THINNED 74km ROUTE HERE

74km 498m ascent

TIN SPIN 76km ROUTE HERE

76km 670m ascent

S

An original route from West London Cycling .. home of the Brand Spanker!

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

The TIN SPIN THINNED 74km 498m ascent

ROUTE HERE

The TIN SPIN 76km 670m ascent

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Ronde van Rusty – Routes and Registration details

A FREE EVENT BROUGHT TO YOU BY WEST LONDON CYCLING

As promised, the Ronde van Rusty routes are now available for download for free. There is no entry fee for this event but you must be a West London Cycling member, you must be over 18 and, of course, you ride at your own risk on public roads

Finishers will be entitled to a £17 Tour de Ricky entry if they purchase the Finisher’s Roundel at the end (£5). We will be issuing Brevet Cards at the start to be completed as proof of passage.

There have been pre registrations on Strava, pre-registration is not compulsory but recommended as those pre-registering will be guaranteed a Brevet Card which will be required for Tour de Ricky qualification purposes. You can still turn up on the day unregistered and we should have some Brevet Cards available, but once they have been used up, there will be none available so it is safer to register in advance … we have already ordered the printing of the Brevet Cards and cannot now get extra ones added.

REGISTER ON STRAVA HERE

RONDE VAN RUSTY 85km ROUTE HERE

RONDE VAN RUSTY SHORT 57km ROUTE HERE

The Ronde Van Rusty is being run as a free version just for 2026. Don’t miss out!

YOU CAN REGISTER HERE (not compulsory) AND WE WILL GIVE PREFERENCE TO REGISTERED RIDERS IN THE EVENT THAT THERE ARE TOO MANY PEOPLE.

Two route options (see below) at 85km or 57km

THe Ronde van Rusty takes place on Saturday 14th March from the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge UB8 2UW at 9am

This event is also a Tour de Ricky Qualifying event … but to qualify and enter you must purchase a Finisher’s Roundel after completing the Ronde Van Rusty.

Entry is Free, but you must be a member. Membership is also free and you can join here

You do not need to pre-register for this ride but we recommend it if you are seeking to qualify for the Tour de Ricky as preference will be given to those who pre registered.

REGISTER HERE

Finisher’s Roundels available at £5 each

JUST TURN UP ON THE DAY – ROUTES are AVAILABLE FOR GPX DOWNLOAD ON THIS WEBSITE ABOVE YOU CAN REGISTER HERE (not compulsory) BUT RECOMMENDED IF YOU ARE SEEKING TO QUALIFY FOR A TOUR DE RICKY ENTRY.

TWO ROUTE OPTIONS:

RONDE VAN RUSTY SHORT 57km 314m ascent

RONDE VAN RUSTY 86km 566m ascent

OPTION ONE: Ronde Van Rusty Short

OPTION TWO: Ronde Van Rusty

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Race 2.9 Results and standings

SIGN UP FOR RACE TEN ON 9th March HERE

Well, what can we say? We do appreciate that most of you had a great ride but we were in panic mode at WLC Towers when we realised that the extra work we always put into smoothing our races, may have backfired as Biketerra’s supberb graphics is clearly so brilliant that the latest update unfortunately countered our own WLC amendments carried out on an earlier version and the course, as a result, didn’t quite sit right in the scenery. We did a ‘quick fix’ as soon as we realised 15 minutes before the race. Nobody seemed to mind that it wasn’t perfect, be we will rework all upcoming Monday Malarkey courses to ensure the best possible experience for everyone.

A ‘rogue hill’ appeared in the course which split the field before a ridiculous descent (which everybody seemed to love for some reason!). A small group contested the finish with Tolsten Holz pipping Mat Hammond on the line. SCROLL DOWN FOR RESULTS AND STANDINGS.

On a positive note, even allowing for the odd moments, it was great to hear that Gavin Grant enjoyed it and he lives nearby to the Gorges de St.Georges. Next week, we visit the Lake Geneva for the Shoreline Shuffle course!

Next week it’s the Shoreline Shuffle along the northern side of Lake Geneva

ENTER HERE

Scroll down for standings, gallery and race videos.

RESULTS: RACE 2.9

OTR RACE VIDEO

GALLERY (scroll down for standings)

CURRENT STANDINGS

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE TEN ON 9th March HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey on Biketerra does some georgeous Gorges at 19.00 UK Time on Monday 2nd March … fast, scenic fun from West London Cycling for online and on point cyclists.

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.9 ON 2nd MARCH HERE

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings.

Another trip to the beautiful Pyrenees this week for Race 2.9 down the stunning Gorges de St.Georges … with just 69m of ascent, expect it to be fast and fun!

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 29th JUNE

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

Series details here

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 2.9 ON 2nd MARCH HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 29th JUNE

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

The Ronde Van Rusty, a free cycling event and a Tour de Ricky Qualifier complete with Finishers’ Roundels … Saturday 14th March from Uxbridge. You can register now.

Rather than miss a year whilst we rebrand the annual Rustynax Ride as the Ronde Van Rusty we thought we’d run a free version for 2026.

YOU CAN REGISTER HERE (not compulsory) AND WE WOULD GIVE PREFERENCE TO REGISTERED RIDERS IN THE EVENT THAT THERE ARE TOO MANY PEOPLE.

Two route options (see below) at 86km or 57km

RONDE VAN RUSTY 85km ROUTE HERE

RONDE VAN RUSTY SHORT 57km ROUTE HERE

It will take place on Saturday 14th March from the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge UB8 2UW at 9am

This event is also a Tour de Ricky Qualifying event … but to qualify and enter you must purchase a Finisher’s Roundel after completing the Ronde Van Rusty.

Entry is Free, but you must be a member. Membership is also free and you can join here

Finisher’s Roundels available at £5 each

JUST TURN UP ON THE DAY – ROUTES WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR GPX DOWNLOAD ON THIS WEBSITE AT THE START OF MARCH YOU CAN REGISTER HERE (not compulsory) AND WE WOULD GIVE PREFERENCE TO REGISTERED RIDERS IN THE EVENT THAT THERE ARE TOO MANY PEOPLE.

TWO ROUTE OPTIONS:

RONDE VAN RUSTY SHORT 57km 314m ascent

RONDE VAN RUSTY 86km 566m ascent

OPTION ONE: Ronde Van Rusty Short

OPTION TWO: Ronde Van Rusty

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Your free to join March Sunday Rides from West London Cycling … Every Sunday 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

Three brand spanking new routes for March 2026, one renamed classic (still an original West London Cycling route, just a name change as the original cafe closed down) and another original classic on Sunday 1st March from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) .. the Tour of Belsize.

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Meet up every Sunday at 9am outside Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) under the shelter by the cycle racks at the entrance. You can grab a coffee at the cafe by the traffic lights at the start or a beer at the end in the pub by the station. The giratory one way access into and out of the station forecourt is reassuringly safe for cyclists too and suits our club rides … deluxe Sunday Rides from West London Cycling.

Add in our Saturday Special on 14th March and our online races at 7pm every Monday on Biketerra and you’ll see why West London Cycling is the club for you … all with free membership and free to ride.

Route GPX files are made available in the week of the ride.

 Sunday 1st March 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route OPTION ONE: Tour of Belsize 67km 638m ascent ROUTE HERE OPTION TWO: Tour of Belsize (Bonus Edition) 72km 682m ascent ROUTE HERE

 Monday 2nd March 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/1472

 Sunday 8th March 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route OPTION ONE: TIN SPIN THINNED (avoids steep hills and slightly shorter) 74km 498m ascent OPTION TWO: THE TIN SPIN 76km 670m ascent (incudes challenging hills)

 Monday 9th March 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/1473

Saturday 14th March 9am from The Rusty Bike Cafe, Fassnidge Park, Uxbridge, UB82UW …. RONDE VAN RUSTY 57km and 85km Route Options FREE ENTRY

 Sunday 15th March 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Beat out to the Beech 68km OPTION TWO: Beat out to the Beech Bigger 71km

 Monday 16th March 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/1474

Sunday 22nd March 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Bulbourne Bash 68km 620m ascent  OPTION TWO: Bulbourne Bash Bigger 72km 669m ascent

 Monday 23rd March 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/1475

 Sunday 29th March 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Mead Feed 90km OPTION TWO: Mead Feed with a Twist 94km

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

FREE MEMBERSHIP

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

West London Cycling are on Tour at 9am every Sunday from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) and Sunday 1st March it’s the Tour of Belsize and the Charming Chilterns

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Sunday 1st March from Hillingdon Station 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Tour of Belsize and Tour of Belsize (Bonus Edition) with a Coffee Stop at Chipperfield are from West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive archive of local cycling routes (founded 2021). There is a cafe stop at 35 or 40km depending on which route yoou choose Centre.

We offer two route choices at 67km or 72km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

Tour of Belsize 67km ROUTE HERE

67km 637m ascent

Tour of Belsize (Bonus Edition) 72km ROUTE HERE

72km 682m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

Tour of Belsize 67km 637m ascent

ROUTE HERE

Tour of Belsize (Bonus Edition) 72km 682m ascent

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Race 2.8: Results and Standings from the Loch Ness Lumpster Race

SIGN UP FOR RACE NINE ON 23rd FEBRUARY HERE

It seems that Lorenzo Simons may have had a Techanical and this has cost him the lead in the General Classification? ….. ah, we may have gone a bit to early with that comment! …..UPDATE Lorenzo finally got going and completed the course to ensure he grabbed some points (Aron Coronado also finished) … Michael Crummy from Australia the main beneficiary and now leads the series, with Josef Nilson and Rob Tulloch gaining ground Lorenzo. Torsten Holz won tonight ahead of Mat Hammond and Karl-Axel Zander Persson … as from next week, the best of eight classification will start to take shape and Lorenzo is well placed in that to recoup his losses from today … good luck everyone!

OTR RACE VIDEO FOR RACE 2.8

Next week it’s the GORGES de St.GEORGES

ENTER HERE

Scroll down for standings, gallery and race videos.

RESULTS: RACE 2.8

(please note, Lorenzo and Aron’s results were not in when the results immediately below were collected … but see standings further below for full list of finishers).

GALLERY (scroll down for standings)

CURRENT STANDINGS

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE NINE ON 1st March HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey brings you the Loch Ness Lumpster …. Race 2.8 on Biketerra Monday 23rd February at 19.00pm UK Time

SIGN UP FOR RACE 8 ON 23rd FEBRUARY HERE

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings.

Loch Ness is a huge long mass of water traversing the Scottish Highlands and has the legend of the Loch Ness Monster (a creature supposedly living in the deep loch) to help attract even more visitors to this scenic area. We race along the north side of the loch, it’s not a monster but there are some lumps to climb along the way

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 29th JUNE

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

Series details here

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE 8 ON 23rd FEBRUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES THREE FROM 6th APRIL to 29th JUNE

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

West london Cycling are ‘Tapping Out To Taplow’ on Sunday 22nd February at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … your local Sunday Ride innovators bring you a concise Thames Valley spin with a coffee stop.

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

A nice manageable Thames Valley Cycling ride for a Sunday morning with a coffee stop in Burnham Beeches. Sunday 22nd February at 9am starting from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

RIDE EVERY SUNDAY with West London Cycling; 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Sunday 22nd February from Hillingdon Station 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Tap out to Taplow and Tap, Tap, Tap out to Taplow are from West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive archive of local cycling routes (founded 2021). There is a cafe stop at 47 or 50km depending on which route yoou choose Centre.

We offer two route choices at 63km or 66km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

Tap out to Taplow 63km ROUTE HERE

63km 354m ascent

Tap, Tap, Tap out to Taplow 66km ROUTE HERE

66km 394m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

Tap out to Taplow 63km 354m ascent

ROUTE HERE

Tap, Tap, Tap out to Taplow 66km 394m ascent

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Race 2.7 Results and Standings

SIGN UP FOR RACE EIGHT ON 23rd FEBRUARY HERE

Lorenzo Simons tightens his grip on General Classification with another spectaclualr win ahead of Torsten Holz and Karl-Axel Zander Persson. Michael Crummy and Josef Nilson are not far behind in the General Classification though!

Next week it’s the LOCH NESS LUMPSTER

ENTER HERE

Scroll down for standings, gallery and race videos.

RESULTS: RACE 2.7

CURRENT STANDINGS

WOUTER CLAES RACE VIDEO (Race starts at 7 minutes in)

OTR RACE VIDEO

Gallery

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE EIGHT ON 23rd FEBRUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

A ‘bread and butter’ flat race for Monday Malarkey on Monday 16th February

SIGN UP FOR RACE SEVEN ON 16th FEBRUARY HERE

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings.

Sandwich, in South East Britain seemingly leant its name to food eaten between two slices of bread, however the cuisine was actually named after the Earl Of Sandwich who took his name from the small town. Once an important port in past centuries (and the town has quite a role in English history) but in modern times is a charming and pretty town made up of historic buildings and is well worth a visit if you are in the area. This Monday Malarkey course has very little climbing and should be a fast race but make sure that stay with the peleton on that early ramp.

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

Series details here

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE SEVEN ON 16th FEBRUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

West London Cycling’s free Sunday Cycling Ride on Sunday 15th February goes to Roald Dahl territory, just like a Big Friendly Cycling Club should … start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) at 9am

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

A nice manageable Chiltern Cycling ride for a Sunday morning with a coffee stop in Great Missenden, home of Roald Dahl. 15th February at 9am starting from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

RIDE EVERY SUNDAY with West London Cycling; 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Sunday 15th February from Hillingdon Station 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Road to Roald and Road to Roald Rolled Out are from West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive archive of local cycling routes (founded 2021). There is a cafe stop at 34 or 40km depending on which route yoou choose Centre.

We offer two route choices at 72km or 80km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

Road to Roald 72km ROUTE HERE

72km 592m ascent

Road to Roald Rolled Out ROUTE HERE

80km 641m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

Road to Roald 72km 592m ascent

ROUTE HERE

Road to Roald Rolled Out 80km 641m ascent

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Next Games Evening at the Coy Carp, Harefield on Tuesday 17th February at 7pm (for 7.30pm Start) – More games to try out and test …

We had a fun night back in November, testing games for potential future events and we go again with some different board games to test out on Tuesday 17th February at the Coy Carp in Harefield at 7pm for a 7.30pm start.

As we say, …. it’s Trial Games Night from West London Cycling. These are experimental evenings so a few volunteers are needed to help test out the next few games at the Coy Carp in Harefield on Tuesday 17th February … remember, it’s a 7.00pm for a 7.30pm start. Let’s have some more fun!

Unfortunately, the brand new game we ordered last year has had its launch date put back, again, to March 2026, but we have brought together another line up of games to try, we anticipate using the Giro d’Italia game for this particular session, plus some other shorter games.

TRANSPORT ON THE NIGHT:

If you live in Greenford, Harrow or Ruislip then you may be able to get a lift from one of the members. Contact us if interested.

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Race 2.6 Results and Standings

SIGN UP FOR RACE SEVEN ON 16th FEBRUARY HERE

Lorenzo Simons extended his lead in General Classification with a great win ahead of Torsten Holz and Aku Haiko. An unusual course across a plateau in the French Pyreness which will feature in Stage 4 of the Tour de France in 2026.

OTR RACE VIDEO HERE

RESULTS: RACE 2.6

CURRENT STANDINGS

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE SEVEN ON 16th FEBRUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Sunday Rides with West London Cycling, free to join, free to ride and a free spirit … 9am every Sunday from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR). Next up on 8th February, another new route.

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Sunday 8th February from Hillingdon Station 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Mise en Place and Mise en Place Plus are brand new additions to West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive archive of local cycling routes (founded 2021). There is a cafe stop at 37 or 40km depending on which route yoou choose Centre.

We offer two route choices at 72km or 75km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

Mise en Place 72km ROUTE HERE

72km 651m ascent

Mise en Place Plus 75km ROUTE HERE

75km 715m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

Mise en Place 72km

ROUTE HERE

Mise en Place Plus 75km

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Race 2.6 of Monday Malarkey by West London Cycling on Monday 9th February at 19.00pm UK Time … a Pyrenean Paradise Pleaser of a route with brilliant Biketerra real world replicating scenery.

SIGN UP FOR RACE SIX ON 9th FEBRUARY HERE

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings.

Espezel is situated on a wonderful plateau in the Pyrenees which would have once been a lake in prehistoric times. The tour de France 2026 will pass through Espezel. The route is not a typical Pyrenees ride as there are no testing climbs but the route is undulating with 122m of ascent spread across the 16.7km course.

WEST LONDON CYCLING PYRENEES TRIP 2026

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE SIX ON 9th FEBRUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Spring Specials with West London Cycling and more Roundels to add to your collection …

The Tour de Ricky on Saturday 30th May might be sold out, but you can still get an entry as a Ronde Van Rusty Qualifier on Saturday 14th March ….. your last chance for a Tour de Ricky place! See below.

In fact, the Ronde Van Rusty is one of three Saturday Specials we are announcing and they are free to enter for members (membership is free – use the button above). They all come with those coveted and collectible West London Cycling Roundels too!

RONDE VAN RUSTY 9am Saturday 14th March from Rusty Bike Cafe UXBRIDGE
BRIGHTON BEANO Bank Holiday Monday 8am 4th May from HILLINGDON STATION
BRIGHTON WITH LIGHTS-ON Fri/Sat midnight Night Ride from HILLINGDON STATION

You must be a member to ride these specials, but membership is free JOIN HERE

RONDE VAN RUSTY has two route options at 57km and 86km and starts at 9am from the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park, Uxbridge UB8 2UW DETAILS HERE

PRE-REGISTER for the RONDE VAN RUSTY (free but not compulsory, although in the event of over-subscription, those pre-registered will get priority).

The BRIGHTON BEANO starts at 8am from Hillingdon Station on Bank Holiday Monday 4th May and you can ride 120km and get the train home, or ride back clocking up 225km. We have an innovative route designed by West London Cycling which avoids the well worn routes commonly used. More details to follow.

BRIGHTON WITH LIGHTS-ON is a 148km night ride to Brighton (Train Home) using our well tested route, tweaked a little for 2026 which has proved a ‘winner’ over the years. Start at midhight Friday / Saturday 15th May from HILLINGDON STATION. More details to follow.

Anyone completing the Ronde Van Rusty, Brighton Beano and Brighton With Lights-On can purchase theride Roundel at the finish for £5 to add to their collection. Roundels for the Tour de Ricky are included in the entry fee price.

Furthermore, anyone completing the Ronde Van Rusty and buying the Roundel will be eligible for an entry to te Tour de Ricky at £17. However, this is limited to the TdR places available and in the event of an over subscription, we will give preference to people who PRE-REGISTER for the RONDE VAN RUSTY (free)

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Mat Hammond romps home again just in front of Jeppe Snaever … another cracking Monday Malarkey … your Race 2.5 results and standings:

SIGN UP FOR RACE SIX ON 9th FEBRUARY HERE

The races are just getting to be so much fun and we just love the Biketerra scenery, it actually replicates the real places so much better than the ‘skins’ we had at RGT … well done Biketerra, and well done Mat Hammond on another great win.

Lorenzo Simons now leads our good friend Crummy (who gets up at an unearthly hour to join the races from Australia) in the GC standings …. Thierry Lafitte is on their tails …

James Ogilvie’s OTR race video here

RESULTS: RACE 2.5 THE MARLOW MAIDEN

CURRENT STANDINGS

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE SIX ON 9th FEBRUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

And the all new routes continue for West London Cycling’s Sunday Ride on Sunday 1st February at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

Sunday 1st February from Hillingdon Station 9am – Mini Cooper Ride … A BRAND NEW ROUTE from WEST LONDON CYCLING with TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Mini Cooper Ride and Mini Cooper Clubman are brand new additions to West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive archive of local cycling routes (founded 2021). There is a cafe stop at 33 or 37km depending on which route yoou choose.

We offer two route choices at 75km or 78km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

Mini Cooper Ride 75km ROUTE HERE

85km 567m ascent

Mini Cooper Clubman 78km ROUTE HERE

78km 587m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

Mini Cooper Ride 75km

ROUTE HERE

Mini Cooper Clubman 78km

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

February 2026 – Your West London Cycling Sunday Rides at 9am from Hilingdon Station (UB10 9NR) and more!

Another great month of Sunday rides from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) ahead from West London Cycling plus another informal games night on Tusday 17th February at the Coy Carp in Harefield as well as our popular online racing every Monday on Biketerra.

First up, are the all new Mini Cooper routes on Sunday 1st February at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) DETAILS HERE

Informal Games night at the Coy Carp (Harefield) on Tuesday 17th February at 7pm.

These evenings are to experimeant with Cycling Board Games to find those suited to a more formal event. Come down and join the fun, but don’t take it too seriously!

DETAILS HERE

For all upcoming rides: DETAILS HERE

 

Sunday 1st February 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route OPTION ONE: Mini Cooper Ride 75km 560m ascent  OPTION TWO: Mini Cooper Clubman Ride 78km 580m ascent

 

Monday 2nd February 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/1468

 

Sunday 8th February 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route OPTION ONE: Mise en Place 72km 651m ascent OPTION TWO: Mise en Place Plus 75km 715m ascent

 

Monday 9th February 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/1469

 

Sunday 15th February 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE: Road 2 Roald 72km 592m ascent OPTION  TWO: Road 2 Roald Rolled Out 80km 641m ascent

 

Monday 16th February 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/1470

Tuesday 17th February 19.00 Trial Games night (social) at the Coy Carp Harefield .. testing out some cycling board games 7pm for 7.30pm start

 

Sunday 22nd February 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route OPTION ONE: Tap Out to Taplow 60km 344m ascent OPTION TWO: Tap,Tap, Tap out to Taplow 64km 383m ascent

 

Monday 23rd February 19.00 UK Time ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:  https://biketerra.com/events/1471

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

It’s Race 2.5 of Monday Malarkey at 19.00pm UK Time on Monday 2nd February on Bikterra … The Marlow Maiden

SIGN UP FOR RACE FIVE ON 2nd FEBRUARY HERE

An uphill start before a fast descent into Marlow via a coule of hairpins then fast and furious all the way to the finish along the Thames Valley. .. All with the incredible Biketerra approximation of the actual surroundings.

The action starts at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings after a fantastic first two races in Series Two.

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE FIVE ON 2nd FEBRUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

RONDE VAN RUSTY 2026 … A Saturday Special free event from West London Cycling

Rather than miss a year whilst we rebrand the annual Rustynax Ride as the Ronde Van Rusty we thought we’d run a free version.

YOU CAN REGISTER HERE (not compulsory) AND WE WOULD GIVE PREFERENCE TO REGISTERED RIDERS IN THE EVENT THAT THERE ARE TOO MANY PEOPLE.

Two route options (see below) at 86km or 57km

It will take place on Saturday 14th March from the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge UB8 2UW at 9am

Entry is Free, but you must be a member. Membership is also free and you can join here

This event is also a Tour de Ricky Qualifying event … but to qualify and enter you must purchase a Finisher’s Roundel after completing the Ronde Van Rusty.

Finisher’s Roundels available at £5 each

JUST TURN UP ON THE DAY – ROUTES WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR GPX DOWNLOAD ON THIS WEBSITE AT THE START OF MARCH YOU CAN REGISTER HERE (not compulsory) AND WE WOULD GIVE PREFERENCE TO REGISTERED RIDERS IN THE EVENT THAT THERE ARE TOO MANY PEOPLE.

TWO ROUTE OPTIONS:

RONDE VAN RUSTY SHORT 57km 314m ascent

RONDE VAN RUSTY 86km 566m ascent

OPTION ONE: Ronde Van Rusty Short

OPTION TWO: Ronde Van Rusty

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey Race 2.4 Results and Standings as Jeppe Snaever pips Mathew Forshaw in an epic dual with epic scenery from Biketerra

SIGN UP FOR RACE FIVE ON 2nd FEBRUAY HERE

Wow, what a course and what a race. Matthew Forshaw and Jeppe Snaever eventually got away on a long steady climb with Jeppe just having enough sprint to win on the line. And what great scenery too! Scroll down for standings etc.

CURRENT STANDINGS

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE FIVE ON 2nd FEBRUAY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Another great new Sunday Ride from WEST LONDON CYCLING: Sunday 25th January at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) Free Sunday Rides and Free Membership

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

Sunday 25th January from Hillingdon Station 9am – GENERAL PEDAL … A BRAND NEW ROUTE from WEST LONDON CYCLING with TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

FREE MEMBERSHIP

General Pedal is a brand new addition to West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive archive of local cycling routes (founded 2021). There is a cafe stop at 34 or 37km depending on which route yoou choose Centre.

We offer two route choices at 85km or 88km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

General Pedal 85km ROUTE HERE

85km 789m ascent

General Pedal Plus 88km ROUTE HERE

88km 815m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

General Pedal 85km

ROUTE HERE

General Pedal Plus 88km

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Online TTT racing returns at 7pm on Wednesday 4th February … get involved now!

TTTs on a Wednesdy evening are fantastic, we communicate over Discord whilst racing and a great camaraderie has built up. Also, our A Team are the Season Three Champions as we go into Season 4 starting on Wednesday 4th February on Biketerra at 7pm UK Time.

You will need a Smart Trainer and a Biketerra account, but Biketerra is free, so what is stopping you?

West London Cycling have been running two teams, A and B, so as to accomodate as many abilities as possible.

Teams can be up to six riders with a minumum of three as the third rider across the line determines the team’s TTT time.

Biketerra has come a long way since the early days of West London’s winter series back in 2024 and, most of all, we love the fact it brakes on corners like RGT used to … plus, there is optional lane steering etc …. this is a great platform.

We are always looking for new riders, and would love to have new riders join in and expand to two teams. If you have a smart trainer and are interested, please contact us.

FULL DETAILS HERE

The first Race is onthe Stanley Park Course at 7pm on Wednesday 4th February. A and B team places available.

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

A spin down the lacets and up the valley … it’s Monday Malarkey on Biketerra Race 2.4 at 19.00 pm 26th January UK Time on Biketerra, great indoor racing from West London Cycling

Another unique course on Biketerra from West London Cycling

SIGN UP FOR RACE FOUR ON 26th JANUARY HERE

A twisty descent down the Lacets de Montvernier follwed by a gradual climb up the valley.. All with the incredible Biketerra approximation of the actual surroundings.

The action starts at 19.oopm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for current standings after a fantastic first two races in Series Two.

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE FOUR ON 26th JANUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Tour de Ricky: SOLD OUT but you can still get a ‘Qualifier Entry’ via the Ronde Van Rusty

Public entries for the Tour de Ricky 2026 SOLD OUT … but a last chance opportunity exists….

….. YOU CAN STILL GRAB ONE OF A LIMITED NUMBER OF ‘QUALIFIER ENTRIES’ BY RIDING THE RONDE VAN RUSTY ON SATURDAY 14th MARCH FROM UXBRIDGE

We have a limited number of Tour de Ricky places retained for finishers of the 2026 Ronde Van Rusty (as we did last year. The good news is that the Ronde Van Rusty is free to enter this year, although Tour de Ricky entry is only available to those purchasing a Ronde Van Rusty Roundel at the finish for £5. Tour de Ricky entries will be at £17 so a combined cost of £22 but entries are limited.

RONDE VAN RUSTY DETAILS HERE

Tour de Ricky takes place on Saturday 30th May from Woodoaks Farm, Maple Cross (Junction 17 M25) near Rickmansworth WD3 9XQ.

An Audax Style cycling event with rides of 200km, 100km and 50km available.

Tour de Ricky caps can also be bought separately at £15 each.

FULL TOUR de RICKY DETAILS HERE

Another entrants’ free prize draw on the day, free Tour de Ricky Training Plans from TriSmooth and our very own free winter online indoor training route around Rickmansworth on Biketerra plus ……… another great finisher’s roundel to add to your collection:

At the sign on, riders can enter a prize draw, which will be drawn whilst riders are out on the course, so that the lucky winners can collect their prizes when they finish. Prizes not collected on the day will be forfeited.

One NEWLANE FOLDING COMMUTER CYCLING HELMET

Two £50 VOUCHERS redeemable at the SPECIALIZED Store in RUISLIP

Ten 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO BIKETERRA ONLINE CYCLING PLATFORM

One Digital and Print 12 month subscription to ROULEUR magazine

Five Digital 12 month subscriptions to ROULEUR

One Meal for Two at the COY CARP HAREFIELD

Five WEST LONDON CYCLING Snoods

Fifteen 2025 Style Tour de Ricky Cotton Caps

We are continuing the theme of a cycling festival for the communities of West Hertfordshire and West London. There will be a Finisher’s Roundel for eveyone completing one of the three routes, You will be able to switch routes on the day if you feel more, or less, ambitious.

Look out for all the cycling related stalls at the start line …. it’s a special day!

FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES, FAMILY FUN AND MORE ON THE DAY

There will be ongoing activities at Woodoaks Farm whilst the riders are exploring the hinterland, so bring the family along for a great day out at Woodoaks Farm.

Details of activities to be announced, but the onsite cafe will have delicious fayre on sale and Creative Juices Brewing Company Bar will be serving their excellent beers for you to enjoy.

We will be adding prizes and organising games throughout the day, the kids should certainly enjoy a game or two of Pro Cycling Trumps … an excellent card game for all the family.

Meanwhile, join West London Cycling at 9am every Sunday from Hillingdon Station for free rides:

Next up …. The General Pedal Sunday 25th January from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) SUBJECT TO WEATHER CONDITIONS … Two new routes to choose from and a great cafe stop.

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Another West London Cycling Trial Games Nght at the Coy Carp (Harefield) on Tuesday 17th February at 7pm …. come and try out some cycling board games

After a fun night back in November, we go again with some different board games …. it’s Trial Games Night number 2 from West London Cycling. These are trial nights so a few volunteers are needed to help test out the next few games at the Coy Carp in Harefield on Tuesday 17th February … 7.00pm for a 7.30pm start. Let’s have some more fun!

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Pyrenees 2026 with West London Cycling …. now in it’s third year!

Now in it’s third year, West London Cycling’s Pyrenees trip is on again from 18th to 22nd June 2026. You’ll need to book via us for the accommodation, transfers and meals but book your own air fare on the same flights as everyone else (BA Toulouse Return OUT BA366 Thurs 18 June 07.55 RETURN BA371 Mon 22 June 19.05pm  £149.92 return on the day of publication).

Bike Hire €200 euros for 5 days and accommodation, transfers and meals (except lunch but includes drinks) £320 pounds. Total cost including flights will be around £670 we estimate.

We will, as in previous years provide four routes including mountain passes and gorges in the beutiful Pyrenees.

Make contact through the club Whatsapp group if you are interested but, at the time of publication, only have 5 places left, so hurry.

We also have a Peak District trip in April, contact us for more details

Monday Malarkey Race 2.3 Results and standings from the ‘Ramsgate On The Rivet’ Race

SIGN UP FOR RACE FOUR ON 26th JANUARY HERE

Another action packed Monday Malarkey as Karl-Axel Zander Persson takes the win ahead of Matt Hammond and Grant Carruthers … results and standings below:

CURRENT STANDINGS

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE FOUR ON 26th JANUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey on Biketerra Race 2.3 on Monday 19th January at 19.00pm UK Time: RAMSGATE ON THE RIVET

A fast, flat race up to 11km then a climb before descending into Ramsgate Harbour and finishing on the Harbour Wall. All with the incredible Biketerra approximation of the actual surroundings.

SIGN UP FOR RACE THREE ON 19th JANUARY HERE

The action starts at 19.oopm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for some preview pictures and course details, as well as current standings after a fantastic first two races in Series Two.

And, just in case there’s any doubt, this race is totally dedicated to James Ogilvie of OTR (On The Rivet) … from Ramsgate of course!

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE THREE ON 19th JANUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

A lovely winter ride route with West London Cycling on Sunday 18th January at 9am from HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR) … every Sunday at 9am from Hillingdon Station, West London Cycling, the Route Masters!

An original route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’.

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Gerrard’s Cross with Little Chalfont comes from the vaults of West London Cycling’s extensive and comprenhensive archive of local cycling routes (founded 2021). There is a cafe stop at Rowan’s Garden Centre.

We offer two route choices at 56km or 60km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

Gerrard’s Cross with Little Chalfont 56km ROUTE HERE

56km 461m ascent

Gerrard’s Cross with Little Chalfont (Well Fuelled) 60km ROUTE HERE

60km 484m ascent

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

Gerrard’s Cross with Little Chalfont 56km ROUTE HERE

Gerrard’s Cross with Little Chalfont (Well Fuelled) 60km ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Matt Hammond hammers home … Monday Malarkey by West London Cycling … Race 2.2 Results and Standings.

A star studded podium of Matt Hammond, Karl-Axel Zander Persson and Wouter Claes just edged out West London’s Gautam Thakkar in this downhill feast …. loads of fun and points were won, so scroll down for the results, standings and race gallery.

SIGN UP FOR RACE THREE ON 19th JANUARY HERE

Current Standings

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE THREE ON 19th JANUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

It’s a West London Cycling Classic Route on Sunday 11th January from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … one of our classic early routes; a West London Cycling Original. Free Membership and Free Sunday Rides.

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

LEY HILL SPINNERS

Ley Hill Spinners is an original from West London Cycling (the area’s leading route innovators), one of our early days’ classic rides with a cafe stop at Blackwell’s in Chipperfield to enjoy just after half way around. We offer two route choices at 61km or 68km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

Ley Hill Spinners Route here

61km 575m ascent

Ley Hill Extra Leg Spinners Route here

68km 623m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE 11th JANUARY ROUTES

ROUTE HERE

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey by West London Cycling on Monday 12th January at 19.00pm UK Time has a downhill spectacular you are going to love … it’s the fabulous Gorges de Galamus course!

You are going to love the Gorges de Galamus, it’s scenic (thanks to Biketerra) and downhill (on a TdM Rest Day) .. fast fun and Monday Malarkey points to be won.

SIGN UP FOR RACE TWO ON 12th JANUARY HERE

The action starts at 19.oopm UK Time on Biketerra. Scroll down for some preview pictures and course details, as well as current standings after a fantastic Race One in Seies Two.

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE TWO ON 12th JANUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

CURRENT STANDINGS

(updated immediately after the race)

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Sunday January Rides from from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) with West London Cycling, your free membership and Sunday rides club

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Sunday 11th January from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) 9am – LEY HILL SPINNERS withTWO ROUTE OPTIONS (61 and 68km)

Sunday 18th January from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) 9am – GERRADS CROSS WITH LITTLE CHALFONT with TWO ROUTE OPTIONS (56km and 60km)

Sunday 25th January from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) – GENERAL PEDAL with TWO ROUTE OPTIONS (85km and 88km)

NEXT UP: LEY HILL SPINNERS

Ley Hill Spinners is an original from West London Cycling (the area’s leading route innovators), with a cafe stop at Blackwell’s in Chipperfield to enjoy just after half way around. We offer two route choices at 61km or 68km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

Ley Hill Spinners Route here

61km 575m ascent

Ley Hill Extra Leg Spinners Route here

68km 623m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE 11th JANUARY ROUTES

ROUTE HERE

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey gets a fast start to 2026 as Wouter Claes and Mark Rowbottom dominate race 2.1

Official Biketerra Results screenshot:

A really fast race which saw a large bunch fight for third place with Wouter Claes and Mark Rowbottom clear at the front. Joao Pinho took third. Scroll down for standings etc but make sure you don’t miss next Monday’s stunning course! Gorges de Galamus.

SIGN UP FOR RACE TWO ON 12th JANUARY HERE

STANDINGS (updated immediately after the race)

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE TWO ON 12th JANUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

The first Monday Malarkey race of 2026 on Biketerra by West London Cycling … Monday 5th January at 19.00pm UK Time.

Monday 5th January 2026 Race BT2.1 Staines Lanes ENTER HERE

A nice flat 16km to get Series Two on Biketerra underway with only 25m ascent … expect a fast race. Staines Lanes is a brand new course and trails the River Thames west of London.

COURSE DETAILS

Monday 5th January 2026 Race BT2.1 Staines Lanes 16.7km 25m ascent (England)

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE ONE ON 5th JANUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

STANDINGS (udated immediately after the race)

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

The West London Cycling Sunday Ride will move indoors due to forecast ice on Sunday 4th January at 9am

The West London Cycling Sunday Ride will move indoors due to forecast ice on Sunday 4th January at 9am

The weather forecast for Sunday’s Magna Cycler West London Cycling Sunday Ride from Hillingdon Station is predicting a minus 3 degrees start … it is very likely to be too icy to ride. Therefore we are cancelling the outdoor ride and facilitating an indoor ride around a virtual Rickmansworth at 9am on Biketerra (Smart Trainer required). Bieterra and the ride are both free.

SIGN UP FOR THE VIRTUAL RIDE HERE

NEXT WEEK: Sunday 11th of January at 9am from Hillingdon Station

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Sunday 11th January from Hillingdon Station 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Magna Cycler is a classic route from West London Cycling (the area’s leading route innovators), being one of the older rides created over the 4 year history of the West Ride Story cycling club.

With a cafe stop at Blackwells in Chipperfield to enjoy just over half way around. A low Chilterns undulating courseWe offer two route choices at 61km or 68km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

Ley Hill Spinners Route here

61km 575m ascent

Ley Hill Extra Leg Spinners Route here

68km 623m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

ROUTE HERE

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Monday Malarkey online cycle racing returns for the first 2026 series starting on Monday 5th January 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra.

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 (13 races) 

5th JANUARY TO 30th MARCH 2026

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

COURSES ARE SET AT AROUND 16km / 10miles each

SIGN UP FOR RACE ONE ON 5th JANUARY HERE

Biketerra: More Whizz than Whoosh

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

ENTER THE RACES HERE:

Monday 5th January 2026 Race BT2.1 Staines Lanes 16.7km 25m ascent (England)

Monday 12th January 2026 Race BT2.2 Gorges de Galamus 16.2km 67m ascent (France)

Monday 19th January 2026 Race BT2.3 Ramsgate on the Rivet 16.3km 85m ascent (England)

Monday 26th January 2026 Race BT2.4 Lacets Defaits 16km 209m ascent (Queen Stage – France)

Monday 2nd February 2026 Race BT2.5 Marlow Maiden 16.3km 67m ascent (England)

Monday 9th February 2026 Race BT2.6 Espezel Express 16.7km 122m ascent (France)

Monday 16th February 2026 Race BT2.7 Sandwich To Go 16.1km 47m ascent (England)

Monday 23rd February 2026 Race BT2.8 Loch Ness Lumpster 16.3km 109m ascent (Scotland)

Monday 2nd March 2026 Race BT2.9 Gorges de St.Georges 16.6km 69m ascent (France)

Monday 9th March 2026 Race BT2.10 Shoreline Shuffle 15.9km 54m ascent (France)

Monday 16th March 2026 Race BT2.11 Stornaway Storm-Away 16.9km 81m ascent (Scotland)

Monday 23rd March 2026 Race BT2.12 Chorleywood Chase 16.3km 135m ascent (England)

Monday 30th March 2026 Race BT2.13 Leven-Lomond 15.9km 57m ascent (Scotland)

SCROLL DOWN FOR COURSE DETAILS

CLASSIFICATIONShttps://ecycling-classifications.com/s/monday-malarkey-series-2/iframe

COURSE DETAILS

Monday 5th January 2026 Race BT2.1 Staines Lanes 16.7km 25m ascent (England)

Monday 12th January 2026 Race BT2.2 Gorges de Galamus 16.2km 67m ascent (France)

Monday 19th January 2026 Race BT2.3 Ramsgate on the Rivet 16.3km 85m ascent (England)

Monday 26th January 2026 Race BT2.4 Lacets Defaits 16km 209m ascent (Queen Stage – France)

Monday 2nd February 2026 Race BT2.5 Marlow Maiden 16.3km 67m ascent (England)

Monday 9th February 2026 Race BT2.6 Espezel Express 16.7km 122m ascent (France)

Monday 16th February 2026 Race BT2.7 Sandwich To Go 16.1km 47m ascent (England)

Monday 23rd February 2026 Race BT2.8 Loch Ness Lumpster 16.3km 109m ascent (Scotland)

Monday 2nd March 2026 Race BT2.9 Gorges de St.Georges 16.6km 69m ascent (France)

Monday 9th March 2026 Race BT2.10 Shoreline Shuffle 15.9km 54m ascent (France)

Monday 16th March 2026 Race BT2.11 Stornaway Storm-Away 16.9km 81m ascent (Scotland)

Monday 23rd March 2026 Race BT2.12 Chorleywood Chase 16.3km 135m ascent (England)

Monday 30th March 2026 Race BT2.13 Leven-Lomond 15.9km 57m ascent (Scotland)

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Plan B in case it is too icy on Sunday 4th January for an outside ride …. a free tour of Rickmansworth for the Smart Trainer Set … join us at 9am on Biketerra

The weather forecast for Sunday’s Magna Cycler West London Cycling Sunday Ride from Hillingdon Station is predicting a minus 3 degrees start … it is very likely to be too icy to ride. We will make a decision on Saturday evening as to whether we go ahead.

If the outdoor ride doesn’t happen …. join us indoors for a spin around a virtual Rickmansworth at 9am on Biketera …it is totally free to sign up to Biketerra nd take part …. Smart Trainer Required!

SIGN UP FOR THE VIRTUAL RIDE HERE

HOWEVER, IF THE WEATHER IS GOOD … THEN WE’LL SEE YOU AT HILLINGDON STAION AT 9am

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Sunday 4th January from Hillingdon Station 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Magna Cycler is another Brand Spanking new route from West London Cycling (the area’s leading route innovators), being one of the newest rides created by the westside based cycling club.

With a cafe stop to enjoy about half way around. A relatively flat course with no notable climbs We offer two route choices at 60km or 67km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

Magna Cycler Route here

60km 310m ascent

Magna Cycler Major Route here

67km 360m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

ROUTE HERE

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

The Festive 500 Finalé .. the Roundel awards and lunch at the Coy Carp … New Year Eve riding with West London Cycling starts at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

As with every year, we round off 2025 with our traditional Coy Carp Caper Ride. Wednesday 31st December, 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

We will be presenting the Festive 500 roundels to those who have completed the challenge at the Coy Carp (about 50km into the Coy Carp Caper route and 53km into the Coy Carp Added Caper route. We have a part of the bar reserved for us from 12 noon. Even if you are not riding, why not pop along for a coffee / pint / lunch and chat with your clubmates?

OPTION ONE: COY CARP CAPER 60km ROUTE HERE

OPTION TWO: COY CARP ADDED CAPER 63km ROUTE HERE

WEST LONDON CYCLING FREE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

We meet at HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR) …. you can arrive by road or train, easy access in and out by bike on a safe junction, shelter if it is raining whilst you wait for the other riders and a pub with a beer garden for summer finishes!

We meet EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

It’s the annual West London Cycling ‘Fleche Flashride to Box Hill’ … start 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) on Tuesday 30th December

MONDAY DECEMBER 30th ROUTE (FLECHE FLASHRIDE TO BOX HILL) HERE

A chance to clock up some more Festive 500 mileage and visit the iconic Box Hill climb.

A 9am start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR).

JOIN THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 CHALLENGE GROUP HERE

YOUR PROGRESS WILL BE RECORDED ON RWGPS, SO YOU’LL NEED TO UPLOAD YOUR RIDES TO RWGPS AND HAVE JOINED THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 GROUP:

You will be able to join th RWGPS Festive 500 Challenge Group yourself here.

The challenge is to ride 500km over 8 days from Christmas Eve to New Years Eve. You need to record your rides and upload to RWGPS and, yes, indoor rides do count!

FOR MORE INFO PLEASE CONTACT US

Here are the remaining routes we have scheduled and all will start at 9am at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) at 9am We are monitoring it on RWGPS, so be sure to upload your rides. You do not need to do the 500km on our rides, but to get the badge you will need to either pay or complete the 500km on our official rides from Hillingdon Station. Please sign up to a RWGPS group where we can see your rides.


REMAING FESTIVE 500 TIMES START AT 9am
 from HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR)

  Tuesday 30th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) FLECHE FLASHRIDE TO BOX HILL 113km 787m ascent

  Wednesday 31st December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE: COY CARP CAPER 60km 460m ascent OPTION TWO: COY CARP ADDED CAPER 63km 521m ascent

THE RWGPS CHALLENGE FESTIVE 500 CLUB IS HERE 

WEST LONDON CYCLING FREE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

We meet at HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR) …. you can arrive by road or train, easy access in and out by bike on a safe junction, shelter if it is raining whilst you wait for the other riders and a pub with a beer garden for summer finishes!

As well as our Christmas Specials, we meet EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE 2025 FESTIVE 500 SERIES: 24th to 31st December 2025

Sign up free for the FESTIVE 500 Challenge here

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

FESTIVE 500 with WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Tour de Ricky 2026: Selling fast, over 60% of places gone 4 days after the opening of public entries. Hurry if you don’t want to miss out.

The last remaining Tour de Ricky entries are at £25 including the 2026 edition Tour de Ricky Cap (caps are £15 on the day, so effectively almost half price if you buy a cap with the package). At the time of writing there are still a few Standard Entries available so you may be lucky, but they are about to sell out. Once the remaining ‘Cap Inclusive’ packages have been taken, there will be no further entries. Hundreds of people missed out last year, so hurry and get your entry in now!

Event takes place on Saturday 30th May from Woodoaks Farm, Maple Cross (Junction 17 M25) near Rickmansworth WD3 9XQ.

An Audax Style cycling event with rides of 200km, 100km and 50km available.

Tour de Ricky caps can also be bought separately at £15 each.

FULL TOUR de RICKY DETAILS HERE

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

Another entrants’ free prize draw on the day, free Tour de Ricky Training Plans from TriSmooth and our very own free winter online indoor training route around Rickmansworth on Biketerra plus ……… another great finisher’s roundel to add to your collection:

At the sign on, riders can enter a prize draw, which will be drawn whilst riders are out on the course, so that the lucky winners can collect their prizes when they finish. Prizes not collected on the day will be forfeited.

One NEWLANE FOLDING COMMUTER CYCLING HELMET

Two £50 VOUCHERS redeemable at the SPECIALIZED Store in RUISLIP

Ten 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO BIKETERRA ONLINE CYCLING PLATFORM

One Digital and Print 12 month subscription to ROULEUR magazine

Five Digital 12 month subscriptions to ROULEUR

One Meal for Two at the COY CARP HAREFIELD

Five WEST LONDON CYCLING Snoods

Fifteen 2025 Style Tour de Ricky Cotton Caps

We are continuing the theme of a cycling festival for the communities of West Hertfordshire and West London. There will be a Finisher’s Roundel for eveyone completing one of the three routes, You will be able to switch routes on the day if you feel more, or less, ambitious.

Look out for all the cycling related stalls at the start line …. it’s a special day!

FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES, FAMILY FUN AND MORE ON THE DAY

There will be ongoing activities at Woodoaks Farm whilst the riders are exploring the hinterland, so bring the family along for a great day out at Woodoaks Farm.

Details of activities to be announced, but the onsite cafe will have delicious fayre on sale and Creative Juices Brewing Company Bar will be serving their excellent beers for you to enjoy.

We will be adding prizes and organising games throughout the day, the kids should certainly enjoy a game or two of Pro Cycling Trumps … an excellent card game for all the family.

Meanwhile, join West London Cycling at 9am every Sunday from Hillingdon Station for free rides:

Next up …. The Magna Cycler Sunday 4th January from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … Two routes to choose from, reasonably flat and a great cafe stop.

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Sunday 4th January and the first Sunday ride of 2026 from West London Cycling sees another Brand Spanker route … 9am start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Sunday 4th January from Hillingdon Station 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Magna Cycler is another Brand Spanking new route from West London Cycling (the area’s leading route innovators), being one of the newest rides created by the westside based cycling club.

With a cafe stop to enjoy about half way around. A relatively flat course with no notable climbs We offer two route choices at 60km or 67km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

Magna Cycler Route here

60km 310m ascent

Magna Cycler Major Route here

67km 360m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

ROUTE HERE

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Another new route from West London Cycling … Day 5 of the Festive 500 from Hillingdon Station at 9am Monday 29th December

It’s the WEST LONDON CYCLING Backstreet Bikefleet ride ride (95km with only 576m of ascent, so realitively flat), a 9am start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

MONDAY DECEMBER 29th ROUTE (XMAS FAT BURNER) HERE

A chance to clock up some distance without too much climbing, another West London Cycling Brand Spanker

A 9am start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) so that we are all home in time for the Christmas Day friends and family festivities. 

JOIN THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 CHALLENGE GROUP HERE

YOUR PROGRESS WILL BE RECORDED ON RWGPS, SO YOU’LL NEED TO UPLOAD YOUR RIDES TO RWGPS AND HAVE JOINED THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 GROUP:

HOW TO ACHIEVE THE AWARD……. Ride 500 km with West London Cycling on our official rides with no payment required, or ride independently and pay £7 entry to cover the cost of Roundels (Payment link belowPlease Contact Us for more details and join the RWGPS group (see links).

You will be able to join th RWGPS Festive 500 Challenge Group yourself here.

Smash out some rides over the 8 day period from Christmas Eve to New Year’s Eve, recording your rides as usual (setting your device to upload to Strava)….. but as Rapha no longer issue badges, the way to get your hands on this collectible roundel is to do the Festive 500 Challenge with WEST LONDON CYCLING

The challenge is to ride 500km over 8 days from Christmas Eve to New Years Eve. You need to record your rides and upload to RWGPS and, yes, indoor rides do count!

FOR MORE INFO PLEASE CONTACT US

Here are the remaining routes we have scheduled and all will start at 9am at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) at 9am We are monitoring it on RWGPS, so be sure to upload your rides. You do not need to do the 500km on our rides, but to get the badge you will need to either pay or complete the 500km on our official rides from Hillingdon Station. Please sign up to a RWGPS group where we can see your rides.

join th RWGPS Festive 500 Challenge Group here.


REMAING FESTIVE 500 TIMES START AT 9am
from HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR)

 Monday 29th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) BACKSTREET BIKEFLEET  96km 576m ascent

  Tuesday 30th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) FLECHE FLASHRIDE TO BOX HILL 113km 787m ascent

  Wednesday 31st December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE: COY CARP CAPER 60km 460m ascent OPTION TWO: COY CARP ADDED CAPER 63km 521m ascent

THE RWGPS CHALLENGE FESTIVE 500 CLUB IS HERE 

We will always acknowledge how Rapha developed this, but they stopped doing the badges and it isn’t quite the same. We understand why, commecially it is expensive and we have created our own badges too in recent years. But it needs to pay for itself so we had to, like Rapha, reassess it.

We took a fresh look at this on behalf of the West London Cycling Community (and beyond) and we think that a nominal entry fee (£7) and an awards ceremony on the final day at THe Coy Carp in Harefield where the final ride finishes, might be a way of bringing the Festive 500 back to the adventure and fun it should be at a grass routes, non-commercial, level. HOWEVER, RIDE ON OUR OFFICIAL RIDES WITHUS AND IT WILL BE FREE. If you are not aware, the challenge is to ride 500km starting on Christmas Eve (24 December) and finishing by New Year’s Eve (31 December).

Over the last 14 years, more than half a million participants have ridden the Rapha challenge, you can be part of the legend too. If you are up for it in 2025, why not Join us?

Started in 2010, the goal of Rapha’s original Festive 500 was to keep us riding throughout the festive period, recording our rides. Rapha are not offering a ‘Roundel’ (sew on patch thingy) any more but you could still obtain one by completing their challenge with WEST LONDON CYCLING.

The challenge is simple in theory but often tough in practice: ride your bike for a total of 500km between Christmas Eve and New Year’s Eve and sync your rides to RWGPS.

We are even offering you a bit more modern flexibility too. Whereas to complete Rapha’s original challenge all rides had to be be outdoors, we will accept virtual rides if properly recorded. We would expect you to complete the majority of rides outdoors of course, but if there is deep snow, you can still complete our part of the challenge and qualify for our commemorative Roundel..

The exclusive roundel, will be an essential addition to the collection for past participants and a wonderful and prestigious souvenir for first timers.

WEST LONDON CYCLING FREE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

We meet at HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR) …. you can arrive by road or train, easy access in and out by bike on a safe junction, shelter if it is raining whilst you wait for the other riders and a pub with a beer garden for summer finishes!

As well as our Christmas Specials, we meet EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE 2025 FESTIVE 500 SERIES: 24th to 31st December 2025

Sign up free for the FESTIVE 500 Challenge here

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

FESTIVE 500 with WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Your next West London Cycling Sunday Ride is on Sunday 28th December at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … and it’s the classic Flights Over Egypt!

HESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

Sunday 28th December from Hillingdon Station 9am – TWO ROUTE OPTIONS

Flights over Egypt is a classic from West London Cycling (the area’s leading route innovators), being one of the earliest rides created by the westside based cycling club.

with a cafe stop to enjoy about half way around. A relatively flat course with no notable climbs We offer two route choices at 62km or 68km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

Flight over Egypt Route here

62km 428m ascent

Flights over Egypt (Ramble and Huff Extended Remix) Route here

68km 459m ascent

An original route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

ROUTE HERE

ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

Your full Festive Schedule – 8 consecutive days of free rides from West London Cycling

FESTIVE 500 with WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Saturday 27th December at 9am from Hillingdon Stationfor the start of the traditional ‘after Christmas’ West London Cycling Xmas Fat Burner Ride!

It’s the WEST LONDON CYCLING Xmas Fat Burner ride ride (84km), a 9am start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

SATURDAY DECEMBER 27th ROUTE (XMAS FAT BURNER) HERE

A 9am start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) so that we are all home in time for the Christmas Day friends and family festivities. 

JOIN THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 CHALLENGE GROUP HERE

YOUR PROGRESS WILL BE RECORDED ON RWGPS, SO YOU’LL NEED TO UPLOAD YOUR RIDES TO RWGPS AND HAVE JOINED THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 GROUP:

HOW TO ACHIEVE THE AWARD……. Ride 500 km with West London Cycling on our official rides with no payment required, or ride independently and pay £7 entry to cover the cost of Roundels (Payment link belowPlease Contact Us for more details and join the RWGPS group (see links).

You will be able to join th RWGPS Festive 500 Challenge Group yourself here.

Smash out some rides over the 8 day period from Christmas Eve to New Year’s Eve, recording your rides as usual (setting your device to upload to Strava)….. but as Rapha no longer issue badges, the way to get your hands on this collectible roundel is to do the Festive 500 Challenge with WEST LONDON CYCLING

The challenge is to ride 500km over 8 days from Christmas Eve to New Years Eve. You need to record your rides and upload to RWGPS and, yes, indoor rides do count!

FOR MORE INFO PLEASE CONTACT US

Here are the routes we have scheduled and all will start at 9am at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … although the Christms Day one is a little earlier at 7.30am with Boxing Day at 8am (to enable you to squeeze in a ride before family committments if possible) and routes may change if the weather is bad and a different ride is more suitable. We may also delay start times on icy mornings but remember that you can clock up your 500km on a smart trainer too. We will monitor it on RWGPS, so be sure to upload your rides. You do not need to do the 500km on our rides, but to get the badge you will need to either pay or complete the 500km on our official rides from Hillingdon Station. Please sign up to a RWGPS group where we can see your rides.

join th RWGPS Festive 500 Challenge Group here.


START TIMES 9am

 Saturday 27th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) XMAS FAT BURNER 84km 750m ascent

 Sunday 28th December 9am fromHillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE: FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT 62km 428m ascent OPTION TWO: FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT RAMBLE AND PUFF EXTENDED REMIX 68km 459m ascent

 Monday 29th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) BACKSTREET BIKEFLEET  96km 576m ascent

  Tuesday 30th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) FLECHE FLASHRIDE TO BOX HILL 113km 787m ascent

  Wednesday 31st December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE: COY CARP CAPER 60km 460m ascent OPTION TWO: COY CARP ADDED CAPER 63km 521m ascent

THE RWGPS CHALLENGE FESTIVE 500 CLUB IS HERE 

We will always acknowledge how Rapha developed this, but they stopped doing the badges and it isn’t quite the same. We understand why, commecially it is expensive and we have created our own badges too in recent years. But it needs to pay for itself so we had to, like Rapha, reassess it.

We took a fresh look at this on behalf of the West London Cycling Community (and beyond) and we think that a nominal entry fee (£7) and an awards ceremony on the final day at THe Coy Carp in Harefield where the final ride finishes, might be a way of bringing the Festive 500 back to the adventure and fun it should be at a grass routes, non-commercial, level. HOWEVER, RIDE ON OUR OFFICIAL RIDES WITHUS AND IT WILL BE FREE. If you are not aware, the challenge is to ride 500km starting on Christmas Eve (24 December) and finishing by New Year’s Eve (31 December).

Over the last 14 years, more than half a million participants have ridden the Rapha challenge, you can be part of the legend too. If you are up for it in 2025, why not Join us?

Started in 2010, the goal of Rapha’s original Festive 500 was to keep us riding throughout the festive period, recording our rides. Rapha are not offering a ‘Roundel’ (sew on patch thingy) any more but you could still obtain one by completing their challenge with WEST LONDON CYCLING.

The challenge is simple in theory but often tough in practice: ride your bike for a total of 500km between Christmas Eve and New Year’s Eve and sync your rides to RWGPS.

We are even offering you a bit more modern flexibility too. Whereas to complete Rapha’s original challenge all rides had to be be outdoors, we will accept virtual rides if properly recorded. We would expect you to complete the majority of rides outdoors of course, but if there is deep snow, you can still complete our part of the challenge and qualify for our commemorative Roundel..

The exclusive roundel, will be an essential addition to the collection for past participants and a wonderful and prestigious souvenir for first timers.

WEST LONDON CYCLING FREE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

We meet at HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR) …. you can arrive by road or train, easy access in and out by bike on a safe junction, shelter if it is raining whilst you wait for the other riders and a pub with a beer garden for summer finishes!

As well as our Christmas Specials, we meet EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE 2025 FESTIVE 500 SERIES: 24th to 31st December 2025

Sign up free for the FESTIVE 500 Challenge here

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

Your full Festive Schedule – 8 consecutive days of free rides from West London Cycling

FESTIVE 500 with WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Boxing day rides at 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) for the Festive 500 … 70km ride with a 42km option! From West London Cycling

It’s the WEST LONDON CYCLING traditional Boxing Day Morning ride (70km or 42km), a nice early start on traffic free suburban roads to burn a few calories before being with friends and family!

BOXING DAY MORNING ROUTE HERE

Boxing day is an early 8am start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) so that we are all home in time for the Christmas Day friends and family festivities. The ride is just 70km long but passes the start at 42km so a shorter version can be ridden.

JOIN THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 CHALLENGE GROUP HERE

YOUR PROGRESS WILL BE RECORDED ON RWGPS, SO YOU’LL NEED TO UPLOAD YOUR RIDES TO RWGPS AND HAVE JOINED THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 GROUP:

HOW TO ACHIEVE THE AWARD……. Ride 500 km with West London Cycling on our official rides with no payment required, or ride independently and pay £7 entry to cover the cost of Roundels (Payment link belowPlease Contact Us for more details and join the RWGPS group (see links).

You will be able to join th RWGPS Festive 500 Challenge Group yourself here.

Smash out some rides over the 8 day period from Christmas Eve to New Year’s Eve, recording your rides as usual (setting your device to upload to Strava)….. but as Rapha no longer issue badges, the way to get your hands on this collectible roundel is to do the Festive 500 Challenge with WEST LONDON CYCLING

The challenge is to ride 500km over 8 days from Christmas Eve to New Years Eve. You need to record your rides and upload to RWGPS and, yes, indoor rides do count!

FOR MORE INFO PLEASE CONTACT US

Here are the routes we have scheduled and all will start at 9am at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … although the Christms Day one is a little earlier at 7.30am with Boxing Day at 8am (to enable you to squeeze in a ride before family committments if possible) and routes may change if the weather is bad and a different ride is more suitable. We may also delay start times on icy mornings but remember that you can clock up your 500km on a smart trainer too. We will monitor it on RWGPS, so be sure to upload your rides. You do not need to do the 500km on our rides, but to get the badge you will need to either pay or complete the 500km on our official rides from Hillingdon Station. Please sign up to a RWGPS group where we can see your rides.

join th RWGPS Festive 500 Challenge Group here.


PLEASE NOTE START TIMES (as they vary)

  Wednesday 24th December 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) WLC CHRISTMAS EVE RIDE 150km (can be shortened by avoiding loops) 917m ascent

  Thursday 25th December 7.30am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) XMAS DAY MORNING MISSION 47km 270m ascent

  Friday 26th December 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) BOXING DAY MORNING RIDE 70km 446m ascent

 Saturday 27th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) XMAS FAT BURNER 84km 750m ascent

 Sunday 28th December 9am fromHillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE: FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT 62km 428m ascent OPTION TWO: FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT RAMBLE AND PUFF EXTENDED REMIX 68km 459m ascent

 Monday 29th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) BACKSTREET BIKEFLEET  96km 576m ascent

  Tuesday 30th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) FLECHE FLASHRIDE TO BOX HILL 113km 787m ascent

  Wednesday 31st December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE: COY CARP CAPER 60km 460m ascent OPTION TWO: COY CARP ADDED CAPER 63km 521m ascent

THE RWGPS CHALLENGE FESTIVE 500 CLUB IS HERE 

We will always acknowledge how Rapha developed this, but they stopped doing the badges and it isn’t quite the same. We understand why, commecially it is expensive and we have created our own badges too in recent years. But it needs to pay for itself so we had to, like Rapha, reassess it.

We took a fresh look at this on behalf of the West London Cycling Community (and beyond) and we think that a nominal entry fee (£7) and an awards ceremony on the final day at THe Coy Carp in Harefield where the final ride finishes, might be a way of bringing the Festive 500 back to the adventure and fun it should be at a grass routes, non-commercial, level. HOWEVER, RIDE ON OUR OFFICIAL RIDES WITHUS AND IT WILL BE FREE. If you are not aware, the challenge is to ride 500km starting on Christmas Eve (24 December) and finishing by New Year’s Eve (31 December).

Over the last 14 years, more than half a million participants have ridden the Rapha challenge, you can be part of the legend too. If you are up for it in 2025, why not Join us?

Started in 2010, the goal of Rapha’s original Festive 500 was to keep us riding throughout the festive period, recording our rides. Rapha are not offering a ‘Roundel’ (sew on patch thingy) any more but you could still obtain one by completing their challenge with WEST LONDON CYCLING.

The challenge is simple in theory but often tough in practice: ride your bike for a total of 500km between Christmas Eve and New Year’s Eve and sync your rides to RWGPS.

We are even offering you a bit more modern flexibility too. Whereas to complete Rapha’s original challenge all rides had to be be outdoors, we will accept virtual rides if properly recorded. We would expect you to complete the majority of rides outdoors of course, but if there is deep snow, you can still complete our part of the challenge and qualify for our commemorative Roundel..

The exclusive roundel, will be an essential addition to the collection for past participants and a wonderful and prestigious souvenir for first timers.

WEST LONDON CYCLING FREE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

We meet at HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR) …. you can arrive by road or train, easy access in and out by bike on a safe junction, shelter if it is raining whilst you wait for the other riders and a pub with a beer garden for summer finishes!

As well as our Christmas Specials, we meet EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE 2025 FESTIVE 500 SERIES: 24th to 31st December 2025

Sign up free for the FESTIVE 500 Challenge here

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

Your full Festive Schedule – 8 consecutive days of free rides from West London Cycling

FESTIVE 500 with WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Get out and ride early Christmas morning for free with WEST LONDON CYCLING before the family and friends arrive; 7.30am start at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

It’s the WEST LONDON CYCLING traditional Christmas Morning ride (47km), a nice early start on traffic free suburban roads to burn a few calories before that Christmas Lunch with friends and family!

XMAS DAY MORNING MISSION ROUTE HERE

Christmas day is an early 7.30am start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) so that we are all home in time for the Christmas Day friends and family festivities. The ride is just 47km long.

JOIN THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 CHALLENGE GROUP HERE

YOUR PROGRESS WILL BE RECORDED ON RWGPS, SO YOU’LL NEED TO UPLOAD YOUR RIDES TO RWGPS AND HAVE JOINED THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 GROUP:

HOW TO ACHIEVE THE AWARD……. Ride 500 km with West London Cycling on our official rides with no payment required, or ride independently and pay £7 entry to cover the cost of Roundels (Payment link belowPlease Contact Us for more details and join the RWGPS group (see links).

You will be able to join th RWGPS Festive 500 Challenge Group yourself here.

Smash out some rides over the 8 day period from Christmas Eve to New Year’s Eve, recording your rides as usual (setting your device to upload to Strava)….. but as Rapha no longer issue badges, the way to get your hands on this collectible roundel is to do the Festive 500 Challenge with WEST LONDON CYCLING

The challenge is to ride 500km over 8 days from Christmas Eve to New Years Eve. You need to record your rides and upload to RWGPS and, yes, indoor rides do count!

FOR MORE INFO PLEASE CONTACT US

Here are the routes we have scheduled and all will start at 9am at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … although the Christms Day one is a little earlier at 7.30am with Boxing Day at 8am (to enable you to squeeze in a ride before family committments if possible) and routes may change if the weather is bad and a different ride is more suitable. We may also delay start times on icy mornings but remember that you can clock up your 500km on a smart trainer too. We will monitor it on RWGPS, so be sure to upload your rides. You do not need to do the 500km on our rides, but to get the badge you will need to either pay or complete the 500km on our official rides from Hillingdon Station. Please sign up to a RWGPS group where we can see your rides.

join th RWGPS Festive 500 Challenge Group here.


PLEASE NOTE START TIMES (as they vary)

  Wednesday 24th December 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) WLC CHRISTMAS EVE RIDE 150km (can be shortened by avoiding loops) 917m ascent

  Thursday 25th December 7.30am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) XMAS DAY MORNING MISSION 47km 270m ascent

  Friday 26th December 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) BOXING DAY MORNING RIDE 70km 446m ascent

 Saturday 27th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) XMAS FAT BURNER 84km 750m ascent

 Sunday 28th December 9am fromHillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE: FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT 62km 428m ascent OPTION TWO: FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT RAMBLE AND PUFF EXTENDED REMIX 68km 459m ascent

 Monday 29th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) BACKSTREET BIKEFLEET  96km 576m ascent

  Tuesday 30th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) FLECHE FLASHRIDE TO BOX HILL 113km 787m ascent

  Wednesday 31st December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE: COY CARP CAPER 60km 460m ascent OPTION TWO: COY CARP ADDED CAPER 63km 521m ascent

THE RWGPS CHALLENGE FESTIVE 500 CLUB IS HERE 

We will always acknowledge how Rapha developed this, but they stopped doing the badges and it isn’t quite the same. We understand why, commecially it is expensive and we have created our own badges too in recent years. But it needs to pay for itself so we had to, like Rapha, reassess it.

We took a fresh look at this on behalf of the West London Cycling Community (and beyond) and we think that a nominal entry fee (£7) and an awards ceremony on the final day at THe Coy Carp in Harefield where the final ride finishes, might be a way of bringing the Festive 500 back to the adventure and fun it should be at a grass routes, non-commercial, level. HOWEVER, RIDE ON OUR OFFICIAL RIDES WITHUS AND IT WILL BE FREE. If you are not aware, the challenge is to ride 500km starting on Christmas Eve (24 December) and finishing by New Year’s Eve (31 December).

Over the last 14 years, more than half a million participants have ridden the Rapha challenge, you can be part of the legend too. If you are up for it in 2025, why not Join us?

Started in 2010, the goal of Rapha’s original Festive 500 was to keep us riding throughout the festive period, recording our rides. Rapha are not offering a ‘Roundel’ (sew on patch thingy) any more but you could still obtain one by completing their challenge with WEST LONDON CYCLING.

The challenge is simple in theory but often tough in practice: ride your bike for a total of 500km between Christmas Eve and New Year’s Eve and sync your rides to RWGPS.

We are even offering you a bit more modern flexibility too. Whereas to complete Rapha’s original challenge all rides had to be be outdoors, we will accept virtual rides if properly recorded. We would expect you to complete the majority of rides outdoors of course, but if there is deep snow, you can still complete our part of the challenge and qualify for our commemorative Roundel..

The exclusive roundel, will be an essential addition to the collection for past participants and a wonderful and prestigious souvenir for first timers.

WEST LONDON CYCLING FREE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

We meet at HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR) …. you can arrive by road or train, easy access in and out by bike on a safe junction, shelter if it is raining whilst you wait for the other riders and a pub with a beer garden for summer finishes!

As well as our Christmas Specials, we meet EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE 2025 FESTIVE 500 SERIES: 24th to 31st December 2025

Sign up free for the FESTIVE 500 Challenge here

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

Your full Festive Schedule – 8 consecutive days of free rides from West London Cycling

FESTIVE 500 with WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

MONDAY MALARKEY, THE FINAL FRONTIER: Marek Piotr pips Andrew Street for the series GC whilst Jeppe Snaever holds of a late challenge from Dirk Segers to take the Best of 8 Classification after another emphatic individual win by Wouter Claes.

ENTER THE FIRST RACE OF SERIES TWO HERE

We all know how much fun this racing on Biketerra is and we keep coming back for more. A few weks off for Christmas now and then back for Series Two on Monday 5th of January.

That means that the series champions Marek Piotr (GC) and Jeppe Snaever (Best of 8) have two weeks to savour their glorious Classifications wins and savour the moment. Well done everyone who took part in the series (60 people as it happens) and we know that most of you will have experienced personal achievements over the 12 weeks, frustraing moments and aching moments …. but it is always fun and always making us all better riders. Have a great Christmas break everyone

Well done to Wouter Claes for the wins, always a star but a man who contributes a lot more to this scene beyond just racing in it. Wouter is a special person.

So, check out how well you did below, have a great Christmas and we’ll see you in January.

CURRENT STANDINGS

RACE GALLERY

SERIES TWO COMING SOON:

West London Cycling – The original London Westside Cycling Club

Merry Christmas from West London Cycling …. join us for 8 days of free cycle rides from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

MERRY CHRISTMAS FROM WEST LONDON CYCLING WHERE MEMBERSHIP IS FREE SO, UNFORTUNATELY, YOU CAN’T GIVE A SUBSCRIPTION AS A GIFT TO A LOVED ONE!

But you could get them a nice warm bit of cycling kit to help them enjoy our series of 8 Festive Rides, all free to join in (scroll down for routes).

We meet at HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR) which has turned out to be a brilliant start point for our rides …. you can arrive by road or train, easy access in and out by bike on a safe junction, shelter if it is raining whilst you wait for the other riders and a pub with a beer garden for summer finishes!

Thanks to all of our members who have helped make this a great year, some great events over the summer and then the brilliant revamp which has given the club added vibe. We are really looking forward to 2026. Our Peak District trip is Sold Out but we still have spaces for our PYRENEES TRIP

WEST LONDON CYCLING FREE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

As well as our Christmas Specials, we meet EVERY SUNDAY 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE 2025 FESTIVE 500 SERIES: 24th to 31st December 2025

Sign up free for the FESTIVE 500 Challenge here


PLEASE NOTE START TIMES (as they vary)

  Wednesday 24th December 8am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  WLC CHRISTMAS EVE RIDE 

 Thursday 25th December 7.30am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am XMAS DAY MORNING MISSION 47km XMAS DAY MORNING MISSION 

  Friday 26th December 8am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  BOXING DAY MORNING RIDE 70km BOXING DAY MORNING RIDE 

  Saturday 27th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  XMAS FAT BURNER 85km XMAS FAT BURNER

   Sunday 28th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE:  FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT 62km 407m ascent OPTION TWO FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT RAMBLE AND PUFF EXTENDED REMIX 68km 442m ascent FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT  FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT RAMBLE AND PUFF

  Monday 29th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  BACKSTREET BIKEFLEET 96km 576m ascent BACKSTREET BIKEFLEET 

  Tuesday 30th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route  FLECHE FLASHRIDE TO BOX HILL 113km  FLECHE FLASHRIDE TO BOX HILL

  Wednesday 31st December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  COY CARP CAPER 64km COY CARP CAPER  COY CARP ADDED CAPER

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

Your full Festive Schedule – 8 consecutive days of free rides from West London Cycling

FESTIVE 500 with WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Festive Rides with West London Cycling from HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR) start on Christmas Eve at 8am

There are 8 consecutive days’ rides from 24th December to 31st December, all free from West London Cycling. Your free to join and ride club!

We start with our Christmas Eve ride, designed to get a few Kilometres chalked up for those doing the Rapha Festive 500. Please note the early start time (8am), mainly designed to ensure that everyone gets back during daylight in time for any last minute Christmas shopping or preparations.

Here is the full route. You will note that there are opportunities to take a shorter route home from Windsor (Datchet, Langley, Iver …) if you don’t wish to complete the full distance. As we say, this is deliberatly longer than a normal club ride so as to get people’s Festive 500 scores off the a good start!

This is a new route for 2025.

ROUTE HERE

TO SIGN UP FOR THE FESTIVE 500:

JOIN THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 CHALLENGE GROUP HERE

YOUR PROGRESS WILL BE RECORDED ON RWGPS, SO YOU’LL NEED TO UPLOAD YOUR RIDES TO RWGPS AND HAVE JOINED THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 GROUP:

HOW TO ACHIEVE THE FESTIVE 500 AWARD……. Ride 500 km with West London Cycling on our official rides with no payment required, or ride independently and pay £7 entry to cover the cost of Roundels (Payment link belowPlease Contact Us for more details and join the RWGPS group (see links).

Our Christmas Day and Boxing Day rides also start early so that we are all home early to attend our family and friends gatherings etc.

CHRISTMAS DAY 7.30am ROUTE HERE

BOXING DAY 8am ROUTE HERE

WEST LONDON CYCLING – London’s original westside cycling club

Free Festive 500 Roundels if you complete the Festive 500 on West London Cycling’s official Festive 500 rides from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … 8 days of Destive Riding coming your way!

Ride every day for free from 24th to 31st December with West London Cycling from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) and if you complete the Festive 500 on our daily rides you’lll get the 2025 Roundel free. You can still ride for free if you aren’t aining to do the full 500km over 8 days and you can still buy a roundel for £7 if you’d prefer to ride it independently.

FULL DETAILS HERE

HOW TO ACHIEVE THE AWARD……. Ride 500 km with West London Cycling on our official rides with no payment required, or ride independently and pay £7 entry to cover the cost of Roundels (Payment link belowPlease Contact Us for more details and join the RWGPS group (see links).

THE RIDES FROM HILLINGDON STATION:

Here are the routes we have scheduled and all will start at 9am at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … although the Christms Day one is a little earlier at 7.30am with Boxing Day at 8am (to enable you to squeeze in a ride before family committments if possible) and routes may change if the weather is bad and a different ride is more suitable. We may also delay start times on icy mornings but remember that you can clock up your 500km on a smart trainer too. We will monitor it on RWGPS, so be sure to upload your rides. You do not need to do the 500km on our rides, but to get the badge you will need to either pay £7 or complete the 500km on our official rides. Please sign up to our RWGPS group where we can see your rides.

THE RWGPS CHALLENGE FESTIVE 500 CLUB IS HERE  Join now!

  Wednesday 24th December 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) WLC CHRISTMAS EVE RIDE 150km (can be shortened by avoiding loops) 917m ascent

  Thursday 25th December 7.30am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) XMAS DAY MORNING MISSION 47km 270m ascent

  Friday 26th December 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) BOXING DAY MORNING RIDE 70km 446m ascent

 Saturday 27th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) XMAS FAT BURNER 84km 750m ascent

Sunday 28th December 9am fromHillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE: FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT 62km 428m ascent OPTION TWO: FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT RAMBLE AND PUFF EXTENDED REMIX 68km 459m ascent

 Monday 29th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) BACKSTREET BIKEFLEET  96km 576m ascent

  Tuesday 30th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) FLECHE FLASHRIDE TO BOX HILL 113km 787m ascent

  Wednesday 31st December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE: COY CARP CAPER 60km 460m ascent OPTION TWO: COY CARP ADDED CAPER 63km 521m ascent

Sunday Rides with West London Cycling bring you the all new Surrey Flurry Ride on Sunday 21st December at 9am from HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR) .. free to join, free to ride with West London Cycling

Free Membership here

Tour de Ricky Entries Open on Christmas Eve

The Festive 500 2025 group is now open to join – 2025 Roundels are free if the 500 is done on Official WLC Rides

A speedy, mostly, flat ride with one hill of note on the way out, before the cafe stop on Sunday 14th December. Usual 9am start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) .. Metropolitan and Piccadilly Lines, nearby street parking just off the A40. Bike racks and shelter at the start whilst you wait … the perfect start for your perfect start.

ROUTE OPTIONS

OPTION ONE: Surrey Flurry Route here

72km 484m ascent

OPTION TWO: Surrey Flurry Further Route here

76km 494m ascent

Another new route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE ROUTES

SURREY FLURRY ROUTE HERE

SURREY FLURRY FURTHER ROUTE HERE

COMING SOON:

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

Your full Festive Schedule – 8 consecutive days of free rides from West London Cycling

FESTIVE 500 with WEST LONDON CYCLING

The Grand Finale of Series BT1 of Monday Malarkey on Biketera – 19.00pm UK Time Monday 22nd December

RACE 1.12 ENTER HERE

West London is our final destination for Monday Malarkey Series 1; Race 1.12 on Monday 22nd December at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra

YOUR COURSE:

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES TWO COMING SOON:

West London Cycling – The original London Westside Cycling Club

Monday Malarkey by West London Cycling Race 1.11 was a Peleton Piledriver as Mat Hammond wins the sprint!

Mat Hammond piles home in front of Jeppe Snaever and Grant Carruthers in race 1.11 of Monday Malarkey.

Jeppe is almost certain of the Best of 8 Classification whilst Marek Piotr and Andrew Street will battle it out for the General Classification in the final race of the series on Monday 22nd December at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra.

ENTER RACE 1.12 HERE

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES TWO COMING SOON:

Tour de Ricky 2026 entries will go on sale at 7am on Christmas Eve, the 24th December 2025 via British Cycling

There is a standard entry fee of £17 or £25 including the 2026 edition Tour de Ricky Cap.

Tour de Ricky caps can also be bought separately at £15 each.

FULL TOUR de RICKY DETAILS HERE

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

Another entrants’ free prize draw on the day, free Tour de Ricky Training Plans from TriSmooth and our very own free winter online indoor training route around Rickmansworth on Biketerra plus ……… another great finisher’s roundel to add to your collection:

At the sign on, riders can enter a prize draw, which will be drawn whilst riders are out on the course, so that the lucky winners can collect their prizes when they finish. Prizes not collected on the day will be forfeited.

One NEWLANE FOLDING COMMUTER CYCLING HELMET

Two £50 VOUCHERS redeemable at the SPECIALIZED Store in RUISLIP

Ten 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO BIKETERRA ONLINE CYCLING PLATFORM

One Digital and Print 12 month subscription to ROULEUR magazine

Five Digital 12 month subscriptions to ROULEUR

One Meal for Two at the COY CARP HAREFIELD

Five WEST LONDON CYCLING Snoods

Fifteen 2025 Style Tour de Ricky Cotton Caps

We are continuing the theme of a cycling festival for the communities of West Hertfordshire and West London. There will be a Finisher’s Roundel for eveyone completing one of the three routes, You will be able to switch routes on the day if you feel more, or less, ambitious.

Look out for all the cycling related stalls at the start line …. it’s a special day!

FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES, FAMILY FUN AND MORE ON THE DAY

There will be ongoing activities at Woodoaks Farm whilst the riders are exploring the hinterland, so bring the family along for a great day out at Woodoaks Farm.

Details of activities to be announced, but the onsite cafe will have delicious fayre on sale and Creative Juices Brewing Company Bar will be serving their excellent beers for you to enjoy.

We will be adding prizes and organising games throughout the day, the kids should certainly enjoy a game or two of Pro Cycling Trumps … an excellent card game for all the family.

Meanwhile, join West London Cycling at 9am every Sunday from Hillingdon Station for free rides:

Next up …. The Surrey Flurry Sunday 21st December … Two routes to choose from, reasonably flat and a great cafe stop.

West London Cycling’s online TTT team snatch the title by just 4 seceonds!

Congratulations to the West London Cycling online TTT A Team … who snatched victory in the Finals of the OTR Virtual TTT Series (Organised brilliantly by James Ogilvie of OTR).

The series runs over time, segregated into 4 week seasons and at the end of each 4 weeks teams are promoted and relegated up and down the leagues. This allows teams to grow so that, ideally, at the end everyone has had a chance to reach League One. We were delighted that both of our teams reached League One in the end and even more delighted that our A Team won by 4 seconds to become champions.

It all starts again towards the end of January and we are looking for new riders, so please CONTACT US if you are interested, we’d love to have you on board!

Meanwhile Season Two of Monday Malarkey starts on 5th January (The final Series One race is on Monday 22nd December)

Sunday 14th December your West London Cycling Sunday Ride goes Thamestastic … start at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

Free Membership here

Tour de Ricky Entries Open on Christmas Eve

The Festive 500 2025 group is now open to join – 2025 Roundels are free if the 500 is done on Official WLC Rides

A speedy, peasy, flat n’easy ride with West London Cycling on Sunday 14th December. Usual 9am start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) .. Metropolitan and Piccadilly Lines, nearby street parking just off the A40. Bike racks and shelter at the start while you wait.

OPTION ONE: Bike Ferry Foray 70km 307m ascent ROUTE HERE

OPTION TWO: Bike Ferry Further Foray 74km 349m ascent ROUTE HERE

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding will determine the number of groups, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

.

Both West London Cycling online TTT Teams make the Final … good luck everyone!

A big week as our two online TTT Teams both make the Final of the OTR TTT Series on Biketerra.

The West London Cycling A Team won the last week of the series whilst, although the B Team didn’t race, they won League Two, meaning promotion to the final alongside the top three teams in League One. Our two teams will be up against OTR Wicked and OTR UV in what is likely to be a very close battle. Look out for the results on Sunday 14th December.

We are always looking to add riders to our teams. We usually race on Wednesday evenings at 19.00pm UK Time. Please contact us if you are interested.

It’s Right On to Brighton on Biketerra’s Monday Malarkey Race 1.11 by West London Cycling …. 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra

RACE 1.11 ENTER HERE

Brighton is our destination for Monday Malarkey Race 1.11 on Monday 15th December at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra

YOUR COURSE:

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES TWO COMING SOON:

Your West London Cycling Ad/Event Calendar ….

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING – RIDES START AT HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR)

Sunday Ride routes are available for download from this website during the week leading up to the ride. Online events are entered via Biketerra and Festive 500 rides can be accessed HERE

Sunday 14th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route OPTION ONE: Bike Ferry Foray 70km 307m ascent OPTION TWO: Bike Ferry Further Foray 74km 349m acrent

 Monday 15th December ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:

Race BT1.11 Right On Brighton 15th December 19.00 Uk Time – 16.1km 45m ascent

 Sunday 21st December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route SURREY FLURRY 72km 483m ascent

 Monday 22nd December ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:

 Race BT1.12 AQOTWA (All Quiet On The Western Avenue) 22nd December 19.00 UK Time – 16km 80m ascent

WEDNESDAY 24th DECEMBER at 7am TOUR de RICKY ENTRIES OPEN

THE 2025 FESTIVE 500 SERIES: 24th to 31st December 2025

PLEASE NOTE START TIMES (as they vary)

  Wednesday 24th December 8am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am 

 Thursday 25th December 7.30am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am XMAS DAY MORNING MISSION 47km

  Friday 26th December 8am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  BOXING DAY MORNING RIDE 70km

  Saturday 27th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  XMAS FAT BURNER 85km

   Sunday 28th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE:  FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT 62km 407m ascent OPTION TWO FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT RAMBLE AND PUFF EXTENDED REMIX 68km 442m ascent

  Monday 29th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  BACKSTREET BIKEFLEET 96km 576m ascent

  Tuesday 30th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route  FLECHE FLASHRIDE TO BOX HILL 113km 

  Wednesday 31st December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  COY CARP CAPER 64km

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 STARTS ON MONDAY 5th JANUARY

Monday Malarkey by West London Cycling: Results and Standings from Race 1.10, The Battle of Box Hill

ENTER RACE 1.11 MONDAY 15th DECEMBER HERE

Another cracking win for Jeppe Snaever who has now snatched the lead in the Best 8 Results Classification whilst Marek Piotr holds on to the lead in the General Classification with just two races to go . All the details below:

CURRENT STANDINGS

RACE RESULTS FROM RACE 1.10 ON BOX HILL

RACE GALLERY

Another great new ride from West London Cycling on Sunday 7th December at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

Free Membership here

Tour de Ricky Entries Open on Christmas Eve

The Festive 500 2025 group is now open to join – 2025 Roundels are free if the 500 is done on Official WLC Rides

A great local ride with a cafe stop at Langley Park Cafe for our West London Cycling … and yet another ‘Brand Spanker’ for your plamares!

Cafe stop at Langley Park

OPTION ONE: Route de l’Ambre 61km 308m ascent ROUTE HERE

OPTION TWO: Route de l’Ambre Abbreviated 56km 294m ascent ROUTE HERE

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding will determine the number of groups, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

.

Monday Malarkey by West London Cycling does Box Hill … Race 1.10 Monday 8th December at 19.00 UK Time on Biketerra

RACE 1.10 ENTER HERE

The iconic Box Hill is our destination for Monday Malarkey Race 1.10 on Monday 8th December at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra

YOUR COURSE:

CURRENT STANDINGS

SERIES TWO COMING SOON:

December delights from West London Cycling … Your Adventure Calendar and Festive 500 diary dates with some indoor rides too … oh, And Tour de Ricky entries open on Christmas Eve!

As usual, West London Cycling are

UPCOMING RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLINGRIDES START AT HILLINGDON STATION (UB10 9NR)

Sunday Ride routes are available for download from this website during the week leading up to the ride. Online events are entered via Biketerra and Festive 500 rides can be accessed HERE

 Monday 1st December ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:

Race BT1.9 WEB Race (Windsor Eton Bray) 1st December 19.00 UK Time – 16.1km 19m ascent

 Sunday 7th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route OPTION ONE: ROUTE DE L’AMBRE 61km 308m ascent OPTION TWO: ROUTE DE L’AMBRE ABBREVIATED 56km 294m ascent

 Monday 8th December ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:

Race BT1.10 Box Hill BikeTerra 8th December 19.00 UK Time – 16.6km 217m ascent

 Sunday 14th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route OPTION ONE: TIN SPIN THINNED (avoids steep hills and slightly shorter) 74km 498m ascent OPTION TWO: THE TIN SPIN 76km 670m ascent (incudes challenging hills)

Monday 15th December ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:

Race BT1.11 Right On Brighton 15th December 19.00 Uk Time – 16.1km 45m ascent

 Sunday 21st December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route SURREY FLURRY 72km 483m ascent

 Monday 22nd December ONLINE RACING ON BIKETERRA ENTER HERE:

 Race BT1.12 AQOTWA (All Quiet On The Western Avenue) 22nd December 19.00 UK Time – 16km 80m ascent

WEDNESDAY 24th DECEMBER at 7am TOUR de RICKY ENTRIES OPEN

THE 2025 FESTIVE 500 SERIES: 24th to 31st December 2025

PLEASE NOTE START TIMES (as they vary)

  Wednesday 24th December 8am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am 

 Thursday 25th December 7.30am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am XMAS DAY MORNING MISSION 47km

  Friday 26th December 8am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  BOXING DAY MORNING RIDE 70km

  Saturday 27th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  XMAS FAT BURNER 85km

   Sunday 28th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am OPTION ONE:  FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT 62km 407m ascent OPTION TWO FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT RAMBLE AND PUFF EXTENDED REMIX 68km 442m ascent

  Monday 29th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  BACKSTREET BIKEFLEET 96km 576m ascent

  Tuesday 30th December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am Route  FLECHE FLASHRIDE TO BOX HILL 113km 

  Wednesday 31st December 9am from Hillingdon Station {Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR} 9am  COY CARP CAPER 64km

MONDAY MALARKEY SERIES BT2 STARTS ON MONDAY 5th JANUARY

Monday Malarkey …. Allez Online Race 1.9 on Biketerra at 19.00pm UK Time …. it’s gonna be a blast!

Monday Malarkey on Biketerra Race 1.9 takes place around Windsor as we head west out of London … expect some Strava segments, it’s the WEB Race (Windsor-Eton-Bray)

ENTER HERE

Your 1st December course:

A fairly flat course

ENTER HERE

Current Standings:

FULL SERIES DETAILS

ENTER HERE

For those of you getting a Smart Trainer for Xmas or in the Black Friday Sales …. Monday Malarkey free online races Series Two courses revealed (5th January 2026 to 30 March 2026) ….

A series of free online races of 16km / 10 mile races every Monday at 19.00pm UK Time

Monday Malarkey continues into 2026 and we have 13 races lined up for you between 5th January and 30th March 2026, with your best 13 (General Classification) or best 8 (Best of 8) results counting towards the two general series classifications, plus a Women’s Classification based on all 13 races. The first rider in each race will score 100 points, second place 99 points, third place 98 points and so on ….

SERIES ONE IS STILL ONGOING (UNTIL 22 DECEMBER) – DETAILS HERE

ENTER THE SERIES 2 RACES HERE:

Monday 5th January 2026 Race BT2.1 Staines Lanes 16.7km 25m ascent (England)

Monday 12th January 2026 Race BT2.2 Gorges de Galamus 16.2km 67m ascent (France)

Monday 19th January 2026 Race BT2.3 Ramsgate on the Rivet 16.3km 85m ascent (England)

Monday 26th January 2026 Race BT2.4 Lacets Defaits 16km 209m ascent (Queen Stage – France)

Monday 2nd February 2026 Race BT2.5 Marlow Maiden 16.3km 67m ascent (England)

Monday 9th February 2026 Race BT2.6 Espezel Express 16.7km 122m ascent (France)

Monday 16th February 2026 Race BT2.7 Sandwich To Go 16.1km 47m ascent (England)

Monday 23rd February 2026 Race BT2.8 Loch Ness Lumpster 16.3km 109m ascent (Scotland)

Monday 2nd March 2026 Race BT2.9 Gorges de St.Georges 16.6km 69m ascent (France)

Monday 9th March 2026 Race BT2.10 Shoreline Shuffle 15.9km 54m ascent (France)

Monday 16th March 2026 Race BT2.11 Stornaway Storm-Away 16.9km 81m ascent (Scotland)

Monday 23rd March 2026 Race BT2.12 Chorleywood Chase 16.3km 135m ascent (England)

Monday 30th March 2026 Race BT2.13 Leven-Lomond 15.9km 57m ascent (Scotland)

FESTIVE 500 Daily rides from Hillingdon Station 24th to 31st December with West London Cycling

Ride every day for free from 24th to 31st December with West London Cycling from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) and if you complete the Festive 500 on our daily rides you’lll get the 2025 Roundel free. You can still ride for free if you aren’t aining to do the full 500km over 8 days and you can still buy a roundel for £7 if you’d prefer to ride it independently.

FULL DETAILS HERE

HOW TO ACHIEVE THE AWARD……. Ride 500 km with West London Cycling on our official rides with no payment required, or ride independently and pay £7 entry to cover the cost of Roundels (Payment link belowPlease Contact Us for more details and join the RWGPS group (see links).

THE RIDES FROM HILLINGDON STATION:

Here are the routes we have scheduled and all will start at 9am at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … although the Christms Day one is a little earlier at 7.30am with Boxing Day at 8am (to enable you to squeeze in a ride before family committments if possible) and routes may change if the weather is bad and a different ride is more suitable. We may also delay start times on icy mornings but remember that you can clock up your 500km on a smart trainer too. We will monitor it on RWGPS, so be sure to upload your rides. You do not need to do the 500km on our rides, but to get the badge you will need to either pay £7 or complete the 500km on our official rides. Please sign up to our RWGPS group where we can see your rides.

THE RWGPS CHALLENGE FESTIVE 500 CLUB IS HERE  Join now!

  Wednesday 24th December 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) WLC CHRISTMAS EVE RIDE 150km (can be shortened by avoiding loops) 917m ascent

  Thursday 25th December 7.30am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) XMAS DAY MORNING MISSION 47km 270m ascent

  Friday 26th December 8am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) BOXING DAY MORNING RIDE 70km 446m ascent

 Saturday 27th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) XMAS FAT BURNER 84km 750m ascent

Sunday 28th December 9am fromHillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE: FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT 62km 428m ascent OPTION TWO: FLIGHTS OVER EGYPT RAMBLE AND PUFF EXTENDED REMIX 68km 459m ascent

 Monday 29th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) BACKSTREET BIKEFLEET  96km 576m ascent

  Tuesday 30th December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) FLECHE FLASHRIDE TO BOX HILL 113km 787m ascent

  Wednesday 31st December 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) OPTION ONE: COY CARP CAPER 60km 460m ascent OPTION TWO: COY CARP ADDED CAPER 63km 521m ascent

Another new Sunday Ride and it’s London-West-London as we head out west and back … 9am start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

Free Membership here

Tour de Ricky Entries Open on Christmas Eve

The Festive 500 2025 group is now open to join – 2025 Roundels are free if the 500 is done on Official WLC Rides

Another ‘brand spanker’ route from your Free Membership and Rides club, West London Cycling. A ride out westwards and back with a cafe stop at Sip and Spoke (previously VeloLife). We offer two route choices at 81km or 75km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations. However, some of the more picturesque elements of this particular route are on the longer version.

London-West-London Route here

81km 591m ascent

London-West-Less Route here

75km 512m ascent

Some cafe and Long Route teasers…..

We split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding will determine the number of groups, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE FULL ROUTE: LONDON – WEST – LONDON

THE SHORTER VERSION: LONDON – WEST – LESS

Monday Malarkey Race 1.8 Results, Standings and Video etc

ENTER THE NEXT RACE HERE : Monday 1st December 19.00 UK Time

Jeppe Snaever takes the win as 33 riders whizzed around the south of Antigua … a Biketerra record …. make sure you sign up for race 1.9 … which will be very flat and fast.

RESULTS

(Scroll down for standings, video and gallery)

STANDINGS

RACE VIDEO

STARTS 2 MINUTES IN

STARTS 31.30 MINUTES IN

Monday Malarkey Race BT1.8 – be on the gate …. 19.00pm UK Time Monday 24th November on Biketerra

Monday Malarkey on Biketerra Race 1.8 takes place in the sunshine of the Caribbean as we head for Antigua, dropping down from the rainforest along the coast and ending in Jolly Harbour … it’s the Jolly Antig’wan!

ENTER HERE

Your 24th November course:

The course undulates after the initial descent to the coast.

ENTER HERE

Current Standings:

FULL SERIES DETAILS

ENTER HERE

Two for the price of none: Your free Sunday ride options from West London Cycling (with free membership)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

Free Membership here

To accommodate both fast and more leisurely riders, West London Cycling offers two route options on our free Sunday rides from Hillingdon Station at 9am each week. You can choose which you prefer with the shorter option aimed at riders who don’t want to race to the cafe stop … but of course we will all end up there for the social aspect of the ride, so the extra distance on the longer version will be incorporated before the cafe stop. This week’s options (23rd November) are based on our brand new Warrior Charge route:

WARRIOR CHARGE ROUTE (68km)

THE WARRIOR SHORT CHARGE ROUTE (63km)

Another ‘brand spanker’ route from your Free Membership and Rides club, West London Cycling. A ride into Hertfordshire with a new cafe stop to experience. We offer two route choices at 68km or 63km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

We can split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE WARRIOR CHARGE GPX ROUTE 68km 636m ascent

THE WARRIOR SHORT CHARGE GPX ROUTE 63km 599m ascent

The Route Profile

UPCOMING RIDES

COMING UP: Sunday 30th November 82km or 75km

COMING UP: Sunday 7th December 61km or 56km

COMING UP: Sunday 14th December 76km or 74km (less climbing)

COMING UP: Sunday 21st December 76km or 71km

Sunday 23rd November at 9am from Hillingdon Station it’s the West London Cycling Sunday Ride … NOW WITH TWO ROUTE CHOICES!

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

WARRIOR CHARGE ROUTE

Free Membership here

Another ‘brand spanker’ route from your Free Membership and Rides club, West London Cycling. A ride into Hertfordshire with a new cafe stop to experience. We offer two route choices at 68km or 63km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

We can split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE WARRIOR CHARGE GPX ROUTE 68km 636m ascent

THE WARRIOR SHORT CHARGE GPX ROUTE 63km 599m ascent

The Route Profile

Monday Malarkey Race 1.7 Results and Standings

ENTER THE NEXT RACE HERE : Monday 24th November 19.00 UK Time …. ANTIGUA.

Lorenzo Simons grabs the glory ahead of Jeppe Snaever and Aku Haiko. Marek Piotr leads the series but only two points ahead of Andrew Street … this series is thrilling, make sure you are onboard for race 1.8!

RESULTS

(Scroll down for standings, video and gallery)

STANDINGS

VIDEO

Next up: West London Cycling Sunday rides from Hillingdon Station at 9am Sunday 23rd November … The Warrior Charge …. another Brand Spanker from West London Cycling

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

WARRIOR CHARGE ROUTE

Free Membership here

Another ‘brand spanker’ route from your Free Membership and Rides club, West London Cycling. A ride into Hertfordshire with a new cafe stop to experience. We offer two route choices at 68km or 63km. It is anticipated that faster riders will take the longer route so that we can all enjoy each other’s company at the coffee stop which falls after the respective deviations.

We can split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

THE WARRIOR CHARGE GPX ROUTE 68km 636m ascent

THE WARRIOR SHORT CHARGE GPX ROUTE 63km 599m ascent

The Route Profile

Monday Malarkey Race 1.7 .. a Right Royal Ride as we wind through Windsor Great Park … Monday 17th November at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra

Monday Malarkey on Biketerra Race 1.7 offers moderate, steady climbing on an otherwise benign course incorporating a luscious route around the Royal Town of Windsor, it’s castle and royal parks … but you’ll be racing so no stopping to take photos and buy souvenirs! Getcha swerve on!

ENTER HERE

Your 17th November course:

FULL SERIES DETAILS

ENTER HERE

New Routes coming up and Tour de Ricky entry date announced

Free Membership here

Another ‘brand spanker’ new route from your Free Membership and Rides club – West London Cycling – on Sunday 16th November and Tour de Ricky entry details are announced below (scroll down).

We can split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

GPX FILE LINK

The 16th November Route Profile

ALSO COMING UP:

Tour de Ricky entries go on sale via Britsih Cycling at 7am Wednesday 24th December (CHRISTMAS EVE)

CHECK OUT THE FESTIVE 500 RIDES OVER CHRISTMAS HERE

Sunday 16th November brings another new route to the West London Cycling Collection … 9am start from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

Free Membership here

Another ‘brand spanker’ route from your Free Membership and Rides club, West London Cycling.

We can split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

GPX FILE LINK

The Route Profile

West London Cycling win the online TTT league ….

Congratulations to our online TTT A team who won the latest online OTR series Division One, whilst our B team were runners up in Division Two.

We are alawys looking to recruit new team members, we generally race on a Wednesday evening at 19.00pm UK Time. Email dave.morrisonR@gmail.com if you are interested.

We reach the the halfway point of Monday Malarkey on Biketerra and there is so much to race for …. Monday 10th November at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra

Race 6 of 12 is a, mainly, downhill ride in Southern Franceone for Downhillz Skillz we think …. expect it to be fast and fun!

ENTER HERE

With our Best of Eight Classification and 9 races left … get in now! Scroll down for this week’s route and current standings….

FULL SERIES DETAILS

ENTER HERE

YOUR ROUTE FOR RACE 6:

CURRENT STANDINGS

If you are interested in joining our Wednesday evening TTT race teams, please email dave.morrisonR@gmail.com

RACE 1.5 VIDEO

West London Cycling’s 2025 Festive 500 Roundel revealed

FOR FULL FESTIVE 500 DETAILS CLICK HERE

Meanwhile, join West London Cycling at 9am every Sunday from Hillingdon Station for free rides:

Next up …. The Full Metal Washer Sunday 9th November… you can do the Wash Hill Challenge or miss out the hill climb, the choice is yours!

Trial informal games night at the Coy Carp – Tuesday 11th November 7pm for 7.30pm start

An idea that has been kicking around for years may be about to reach fruition. However, we thought we’d have a trial night first and could do with a few volunteers to participate in a trial evening at the Coy Carp in Harefield on Tuesday 11th November … 7.00pm for a 7.30pm start. Let’s have some fun!

Downhill skillz and thrillz online in Monday Malarkey by West London Cycling on Biketerra …. Race 1.6 Monday 10th November 19.00pm (UK TIME)

Race 6 of 12 is a, mainly, downhill ride in Southern France, one for Downhillz Skillz we think …. expect it to be fast and fun!

ENTER HERE

With our Best of Eight Classification and 9 races left … get in now! Scroll down for this week’s route and current standings….

FULL SERIES DETAILS

ENTER HERE

YOUR ROUTE FOR RACE 6:

CURRENT STANDINGS

If you are interested in joining our Wednesday evening TTT race teams, please email dave.morrisonR@gmail.com

RACE 1.5 VIDEO

Free Sunday Rides with West London Cycling go Full Metal on Sunday 9th November … start 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) .. here’s everything you need to know:

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

Free Membership here

Another ‘brand spanker’ route from your Free Membership and Rides club, West London Cycling.

We have two alternative routes for Sunday 9th November, they are almost the same except that the Wash Whackers edition goes up Wash Hill and the Wait Watchers version avoids it. If you want a challenge, ride the hill but if you don’t like climbs, avoid it.

THE FULL METAL WASHER Wash Whackers Edition GPX ROUTE 73km 460m ascent

THE FULL METAL WASHER Wait Watchers Edition GPX ROUTE 71km 391m ascent

Incidetally, after the ride we will look at Strava times up Wash Hill and reward the best male and female rider.

WASH HILL STRAVA SEGMENT

We can split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

OPTION ONE: Full Metal Washer WASH WHACKERS EDITION 73km and 460m ascent

OPTION TWO: Full Metal Washer WAIT WATCHERS EDITION 71km and 391m ascent

WASH HILL CLIMB VIDEO

West London VR A Team win Round 3 of the OTR Online TTT Race series

Congratulations A Team and well done to everyone as both teams currently in second place in their respective leagues.

Watch the Wash Hill video now, ahead of Sunday’s West London Cycling ride starting at 9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) on Sunday 16th November

Here it is, Wash Hill from Start to Finish!

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

Another ‘brand spanker’ route from your Free Membership and Rides club, West London Cycling.

Free Membership here

We have two alternative routes for Sunday 9th November, they are almost the same except that the Wash Whackers edition goes up Wash Hill and the Wait Watchers version avoids it. If you want a challenge, ride the hill but if you don’t like climbs, avoid it.

THE FULL METAL WASHER Wash Whackers Edition GPX ROUTE 73km 460m ascent

THE FULL METAL WASHER Wait Watchers Edition GPX ROUTE 71km 391m ascent

Incidetally, after the ride we will look at Strava times up Wash Hill and reward the best male and female rider.

We can split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

OPTION ONE: Full Metal Washer WASH WHACKERS EDITION 73km and 460m ascent

OPTION TWO: Full Metal Washer WAIT WATCHERS EDITION 71km and 391m ascent

Monday Malarky goes from strength to strength as Mathew Foreshaw denies Jeppe Snaever… Race 5 video, results and standings as Andrew Street heads GC

The numbers continue to grow but the excitement is just getting amazing …. Monday Malarkey riders… WE SALUTE YOU!

A fine performance by Matthew Foreshaw to hold off West London Cycling’s Jeppe Snaever ..Dirk S with a great third and whilst we wouldn’t normally headline 4th place … it was one of e-racing’s greats, our special friend James Ogilvie of OTR (a true contributor to the e-racing scene over the years and a legend) …well done mate!

Andrew Street now heads GC from Marek Piotr and Yourie Kouline. There are 12 races but also a ‘Best of 8’ category so there is still something to play for if you are new to Monday Malarkey!

This is the spirit of RGT rekindled … Chpeau to BIKETERRA for brining back the vibe!

Next Week’s Race entry and details (it’s all downhill).

SCROLL DOWN FOR RESULTS, RACE VIDEO AND STANDINGS

CURRENT STANDINGS

FULL RACE VIDEO (Race starts 3 minutes in)

Wash Hill anyone? ….. take the challenge or bypass the climb, the choice is yours…. but be at Hillingdon Station at 9am Sunday 9th November for another great new West London Cycling Sunday ride.

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

Another ‘brand spanker’ route from your Free Membership and Rides club, West London Cycling.

Free Membership here

We have two alternative routes for Sunday 9th November, they are almost the same except that the Wash Whackers edition goes up Wash Hill and the Wait Watchers version avoids it. If you want a challenge, ride the hill but if you don’t like climbs, avoid it.

LINKS TO THE ROUTES FILES

THE FULL METAL WASHER Wash Whackers Edition GPX ROUTE 73km 460m ascent

THE FULL METAL WASHER Wait Watchers Edition GPX ROUTE 71km 391m ascent

Incidetally, after the ride we will look at Strava times up Wash Hill and reward the best male and female rider.

We can split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

OPTION ONE: Full Metal Washer WASH WHACKERS EDITION 73km and 460m ascent

OPTION TWO: Full Metal Washer WAIT WATCHERS EDITION 71km and 391m ascent

Monday Malarkey online Race 5: Monday 3rd November at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra … 16km of indoor cycling fun!

Race 5 of 12 is an undulating course in the lower Chilterns, around the Chalfont villages …. Hence called the cream of the Chalfonts ….. ‘Chalfonts’ also happens to be ‘Rhyming Slang’ for ‘Piles’ (Chalfont St.Giles) which also has a cream!

ENTER HERE

With our Best of Eight Classification and 9 races left … get in now! Scroll down for this week’s route route and current standings….

FULL SERIES DETAILS

ENTER HERE

YOUR ROUTE FOE RACE 5:

CURRENT STANDINGS

If you are interested in joining our Wednesday evening TTT race teams, please email dave.morrisonR@gmail.com

Free Sunday Rides in November from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) … 9am Every Sunday from West London Cycling

FREE MEMBERSHIP AND FREE RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR).

With new routes galore, West London Cycling is the home of the ‘Brand Spanker’. Another new route from West London Cycling makes its debut on Sunday 2nd November; The Surrey Sortie (71km) is reasonably flat (443m ascent – see profile below) with a low total ascent but with a few ‘ramps’ along the way to make you shift gears. We head southwards to Surrey again for another Magical Cyclistory Tour.

Download the GPX file here:

THE SURREY SORTIE ROUTE

We can split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

Free Sunday Rides and Membership from West London Cycling from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR) continue on 2nd November at 9am

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

The Surrey Sortie is another new West London Cycling route (the area’s leading route innovators).

THE SURREY SORTIE GPX ROUTE

Another new route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We can split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

Monday Malarkey by West London Cycling Race 4 Results and standings

FULL SERIES DETAILS HERE

Aku Haiko (Felttie) is still top of the standings after a great win in race 4 from Jeppe Snaever. Four races with 386 points from Marek Piotr (375) and Andrew Street (367). There are still 8 races to go and there are two competitions, General Classification (all twelve races male and female categories) and the Best 8 Results competition where your best 8 finishes are taken into account. So now’s the time to get involved!

NEXT RACE MONDAY 3rd NOVEMBER …. ENTER HERE

RACE 4 RESULTS

CURRENT STANDINGS

Free Rides and Membership every Sunday with West London Cycling .. next up, The Surrey Sortie 9am Sunday 2nd November from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

FREE MEMBERSHIP AND FREE RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR).

Another new route from West London Cycling … Home of the ‘Brand Spanker’. The Surrey Sortie (71km) is reasonably flat (443m ascent) with a low total ascent but with a few ‘ramps’ along the way to make you shift gears. We head southwards to Surrey again for another Magical Cyclistory Tour.

Download the GPX file here:

THE SURREY SORTIE ROUTE

We can split into different speed groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

Monday Malarkey Race 4; Monday 27th October at 19.00 UK Time

Race 4 of 12 has a gentle climb before racing downhill into Portsmouth harbour (well not literally into the water of course!)

ENTER HERE

With our Best of Eight Classification and 9 races left … get in now!

FULL SERIES DETAILS

CURRENT STANDINGS

If you are interested in joining our Wednesday evening TTT race teams, please email dave.morrisonR@gmail.com

Don’t forget the clocks go back … plenty of time then to get to Hillingdon Station on Sunday 26th for your West London Cycling Sunday ride!

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

The Potten Around is another new West London Cycling route with a new cafe stop to try too.

FREE MEMBERSHIP AND FREE RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

THE POTTEN AROUND GPX ROUTE

Another new route from West London Cycling … Home f the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We can split into groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

It’s Monday Malarkey Race 4 … 19.00 UK Time 27 October on Biketerra

Pump Up for Pompey as we gently climb before racing downhill into the harbour (well not literally into the water of course!)

ENTER HERE

It’s the Hi Lo Pompey Course 16.4km and 109m ascent … a race with pace where you’ll feel like an ace!

FULL SERIES DETAILS

CURRENT STANDINGS

If you are interested in joining our Wednesday evening TTT race teams, please email dave.morrisonR@gmail.com

It’s another new route and cafe this Sunday for West London Cycling’s Sunday ride …9am from Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

The Potten Around is another new West London Cycling route with a new cafe stop to try too.

FREE MEMBERSHIP AND FREE RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

THE POTTEN AROUND GPX ROUTE

Another new route from West London Cycling … Home f the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We can split into groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

2026 Willesden CC’s 100 year anniversay SR Series

Willesden CC’s 100 year anniversary SR Series

We lost a couple of local cycling heroes in 2025, Ray Kelly and Gladys Purdy, both stalwarts of Willesden CC. It is particularly sad that they didn’t get to see 2026 and this historic club’s centenery year. However, some familiar faces have got together, including Liam Fitzpatrick, Paul Stewart and Ian Oliver (three guys anyone could enjoy an evening in the pub with!) to set up an Audax SR Series (200km, 300km, 400km and 600km) as part of the celebrations.

Forming a Super Randonneur series under the rules of Audax UK, The Willesden are offering a chance to tackle distances of 200, 300, 400 and 600 kms. As the rides are BRMs completion gives you priority for PBP 2027 entry

  • The 200km is a return of the January Classic Willy Warmer from Chalfont St Peter. It’s a chance to discover Berkshire in crisp winter sunshine in great company. Event organiser legend Paul Stewart has come out of retirement just to put this on one last time…
  • A brand new 300km ride has been created for the series out from Waltham Abbey to Essex, Suffolk and Cambridgeshire from Waltham. Organised by Mark Brooking, who’s long distance experience includes many of the most famous events in the UK and Europe.
  • LWL is part of the series – but if you haven’t got a place, a Bare Bones version later in the month gives you a chance to ride the 400km route.
  • The 600km Last Gasp takes rides from London to the Midlands and back though Cambridgeshire and Essex. Organised by Ian Oliver, it’s a route that gets better every year.

If you complete a ride at each distance there’s a medal and a cap as well!

Each event has to be entered individually via the Audax UK website – there’s a link here to each. The available rides start at a time accessible to early morning public transport.

24 January – The Willy Warmer 200

11 April – Waltham Wander 300

2 May – London Wales London 400 (full)

23 May – Bare Bones 400

4 July – Last Gasp 600

Willesden CC SR web page 

A BRIEF HISTORY OF WILLESDEN CC

The first Willesden Cycling Club was formed in 1884, in the days of the old penny farthing bicycle, when Willesden was not much more than a village. The club flourished as a non-racing social club and was famous for its Smoking Concerts, pantomimes and candle-lit runs to the wilds of Harrow and Stanmore. The club ceased to exist in 1914, when like so many of the early clubs its members were called away to the Great War.

The first Willesden Cycling Club c.1900-1

 

Today’s club

There does not appear to be any connection with the first Willesden Cycling Club and the present day club, which was formed in 1926. After the General Strike of that year, a group of socialists decided to make use of the bicycle as a means of conveying the Labour Party Political Cause, to as wide an audience as possible. The result was the formation in August 1926 of the Willesden Socialist Cycling Club, by Eric Macdonald.

The state of the bicycles or the competence of the riders were of no importance, as the object of each club run was to reach a village near London and hold a political meeting in the afternoon. One ingenious member designed a platform for the speaker, which could be dismantled into small sections. Each member on the club run could then carry a section of the platform, which would be assembled on reaching the venue for that day.

Members of the club soon began enjoying the cycling part of the club, as much as the politics. In 1927 the organisation of the club’s racing events began to take place. The first event was a 25 mile Time Trial on 11th September and was won by a J. Revill in 1 hour, twelve minutes and ten seconds a time that some of the current members would have trouble achieving.

The club rapidly grew in membership, until its sheer size caused considerable embarrassment to the tearooms, inns and other catering establishments, when over 100 members turned up at the club runs’ tea venues. From then on the club runs were split in three sections; Century hard riders, rambling and social section.

In 1928 the club held its first gymkana and field day. This event became a popular part of the West London cycling calendar and continued until the late 1950s. This also saw the club established as a major promoter of racing and social events.

In1931 the club’s name was changed to the Willesden Cycling Club. Two months later on the 22nd of March, the club promoted the first of its famous open Low Gear 25 Mile Time Trials. The event was restricted to 61inch gears and was won by B.Bevan in 1 hour, seven minutes and nine seconds, a result that astounded the cycling world at the time.

The 1930s saw the club again grow in membership and achievements. The members were always willing to try new ideas in both the social and racing spheres. The members may have taken their cycling seriously, but they still enjoyed getting up to mischief. A Ghost Run through Hadleigh Woods resulted in so many courting couples being frightened out of their wits, that the ride had to be called off. A boating event on Elstree Reservoir developed into the members having a mock sea battle and resulted in the club being barred from the reservoir.

The following weekend, the club secretary, unaware of the previous debacle, took his fiancée to Elstree for an afternoon out. Unfortunately he was wearing a club lapel badge and ended up catching the full weight of the boat keeper’s ire.

On the racing side, the club became involved in the growing interest in massed start racing and in 1939 promoted one of the first open events on the Brooklands Motor Racing Circuit.

The Second World War put an end to almost all the club’s activities and it was put into the hands of trustees for the duration. Limited events were held with members who were not called up. A forces’ newsletter replaced the club magazine. Three members gave their lives for King and Country; as a result, once the war had ended a fund was started for a suitable memorial.which was the  memorial bed in the children’s ward of the pre-NHS Willesden Cottage Hospital. 

The club quickly recovered. By the late 1940s, the club was producing stars of national and International renown, particularly in the ten years between 1948 and 1958, which saw club members hit the headlines in all spheres of the sport. Although the early successes were on the track in pursuit racing, the Time Trial and Road Racing Teams quickly followed on the road to success. Two ex-members, Les Scales and Ken Mitchell turned professional, Ken being a member of Great Britain’s first Tour de France team.

1959 saw the emergence of another young promising rider, Ken Daniels, who rode the Tour of Britain and the Tour d’Avenir

1950 Willesden CC dinner programme prize page

The sixties and seventies proved to be a period of flux, with plenty of young talent joining the club, learning to race and then join more glamorous sponsored outfits. By 1974 a crisis point was reached with the number of active riders easily counted on one hand. A special meeting of Club Officers was convened, to discuss disbanding the club. It was the familiar problem  that younger riders wanted to concentrate on riding and leave the organisation of the club’s activities to the older members, who were growing tired of officiating for so many years with out seeing any sign of a successor. 

Thankfully a decision was taken at the meeting to continue the club as long as possible. This proved to be a turning point for the club. Instead of trying to produce superstars and recapture the glory days of the fifties, members got back on their bikes and started to once again to enjoy the basic pleasure of cycling.

The arrival of the seventies saw the start of Audax in the UK, which attracted riders of all abilities as it involves riding an event at your own pace. Willesden got involved in this side of the sport from the start, both as riders and event promoters. The club has been National Audax Club Champions twelve times between 1983 and 2011. Liz Creese, Peter Turnbull, Mark Brooking and Jack Eason have all been National Champions, for a combined 14 times. The crowning glory came in 1999, when Willesden won the Overseas Club Cup in the prestigious 1200km Paris-Brest-Paris event. Sixteen members participated, making this the largest group of riders in one club, ever to have completed the event at the time.

All this pales into insignificance, when compared against the exploits of Jack Eason, one of Willesden’s oldest riders, who competed in many international events right across the globe and as result was voted in the year 2000 as the “Randoneur of the Millennium.”

Present Day

Willesden CC is still active today. Members are active in riding and organising Audaxes and taking part in bikepacking events like the Transcontinental Race. The 400km London Wales London (it just avoids London and barely touches Wales), organised by Liam FitzPatrick, is probably the best known annual Audax event, selling out like an Oasis concert.

In competitive cycling Jayne Paine has won many Veteran World Championship golds and set World Bests  on the Track. Stuart Birnie was  2014 24-hour Time Trial World Champion.

!950’s club run

1939 cycling polo team

David Handley, bronze medalist in the world amateur sprint championships of 1960.

Jack Eason, Randoneur of the Millennium

Ken Mitchell at the Tour de France 

 

Your Free To Join Cycling Club Sunday Rides FROM HILLINGDON STATION with WEST LONDON CYCLING continue on 26th October at 9am

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

FREE MEMBERSHIP AND FREE RIDES WITH WEST LONDON CYCLING

9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

The Potten Around is another new West London Cycling route (the area’s leading route innovators).

THE POTTEN AROUND GPX ROUTE

Another new route from West London Cycling … Home f the ‘Brand Spanker’.

We can split into groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

West London Cycling partners up with TriSmooth … Cycle, Run and Swim with your local clubs

We are delighted to partner up with TriSmooth, a new and exciting local Triathlon club with activities in Ruislip, Rickmansworth and Moor Park for you to enjoy. We welcome Trismooth members along to our Sunday rides from Hillingdon Station. At just £20 per year and qualified coaches offering a range of plans and activities, we can see why TriSmooth is growing so quickly.

https://www.trismooth.co.uk

Trismooth was set up in September, initially as a swimming club but eventually as a BTF affiliated multi-sport club, based in Rickmansworth.

With a growing membership, everyone is catered for; from the beginner, to the podium positioner!

The club has two BTF coaches (one is Swim Smooth certified and the other is the ‘beginner champion’),  an England Athletics coach and a British Cycling rider leader, and along with West London Cycling offers the following combined sessions each week:

Mondays 12.30 – 13.30pm track run session at Kings College track, Ruislip (TS)

Mondays stretch session at 2-230pm in Rickmansworth (TS)

Mondays Online cycle racing 7pm (WLC)

Tuesday 10-11am very informal bike hill repeat session in Rickmansworth (TS)

Wednesdays 10am Intermediate Cycle Rides from the Aquadrome Rickmansworth (TS)

Wednesdays 7pm online cycling Team Time Trials (WLC)

Friday 0930-1030 Run club (additional supplement) , Rickmansworth Aquadrome (TS)

Friday 6-715pm Swim session at Merchant Taylors school (additional supplement) (TS)

SUNDAY 9am AT HILLINGDON STATION – All TriSmooth members welome to join the West London Cycling Sunday Rides (WLC)

Sunday 5-545pm Strength session in Rickmansworth (TS)

TriSmooth offers lots of other discounts: 15% off ATW events, 10% off individual PT sessions, online training plans, 10% off Funkier swimwear, 5% off Swim Smooth swim video analysis, 10% off Friday run club, free nutritional consultation with NourishLife London, and more swim, run & strength sessions coming soon.

TriSmooth Membership is just £20 per year, West London Cycling memberships (free) can be added by using the website link at WestLondonCycling.com

West London Cycling’s online Monday Malarkey Race 1.3 on Biketerra … RESULTS.

A great win for Matjaz Hribljan who rode a hard race and took a deserved win from Tim Moore and Josef Nilsson.

FULL SERIES DETAILS HERE

Aku Haiko (Felttie) is top of the standings after three races with 286 points from Marek Piotr (279) and Andrew Street (272). There are still 9 races to go and there are two competitions, General Classification (all twelve races male and female categories) and the Best 8 Results competition where your best 8 finishes are taken into account.

NEXT RACE MONDAY 27th OCTOBER …. ENTER HERE

RACE RESULTS

CURRENT STANDINGS HERE

Your wonderful West London Cycling Super Sunday Starts at 9am at Hillingdon Station (UB10 9NR)

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

The Partisan Pedaller is another new West London Cycling route (the area’s leading route innovators).

THE ROUTE IS HERE

We can split into groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

Sunday Cyclists, it’s your free to ride West London Cycling Rides from Hillingdon Station … 9am every Sunday!

Every Sunday from Hillingdon Station

(Long Lane / A40 UB10 9NR)

CHECK OUT OUR UPCOMING RIDES HERE

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

West London Cycling is over four years old and has always had, and continues to have, free membership to participate in Sunday rides. You can join, free of charge using the ‘Subscribe for Free’ tab above

We can split into groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

This Sunday coming, the 19th October, we bring you the latest WEST LONDON CYCLING BRAND SPANKER!

ROUTE HERE

The all new free Sunday Rides from West London Cycling starting from Hillingdon Station … be there 9am on Sunday 19th October for another ‘Brand Spanker’ route!

THESE RIDES ARE OPEN TO WEST LONDON CYCLING MEMBERS (SUBSCRIBERS). BOTH MEMBERSHIP AND THE SUNDAY RIDES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.

9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

The Partisan Pedaller is another new West London Cycling route (the area’s leading route innovators). We tested it this week and the final GPX is now available.

We can split into groups on the road, depending on how many people are riding, so it’s flexible and tailored to riders’ needs. The slowest group will generally wait for the slowest rider (or split into sub groups) but you should be able to manage 30kph on flat stretches with an average speed of around 22kph over the distance. Faster groups will be more speedy of course.

GROUP RIDING: If you are new to club riding, West London Cycling is a great club to get into it with. Before you start, why not learn a few of cycling’s protocols and etiquettes? It’ll help you slot in and feel at home from the get-go!

Official West London Cycling Sunday Rides start at Hillingdon Station from Sunday 19th October

From Sunday 19th October West London Cycling (British Cycling Affiliated) will run Sunday rides at 9am starting at Hillingdon Station (Hillingdon Circus / Master Brewer / A40 / Long Lane / UB10 9NR)

Meanwhile, we decided to have a small teaser ride on Sunday 12th if you’d like to join us …

Start – 9am from Hillingdon Station

These are the ONLY Official West London Cycling Rides

Monday Malarkey Race 2 is a West London local course with Battle of Britain History

A local ride passing an real life Battle of Britain airfield, the Battle of Britain control bunker and the Film Studios where the film Battle of Britain was made …. whilst riding through the real life place named Little Britain ….

ENTER HERE

FULL SERIES DETAILS

CURRENT STANDINGS

West London Cycling kit now available on the Biketerra Indoor Cycling app

Wheter you are in our online TTT Teams or racing in our popular Monday Malarkey series on Biketerra, if you are a paying BikeTerra subscriber (as opposed to free membership) you can now adorn your avatar with the official West London Cycling kit.

ENTER MONDAY’S RACE HERE

KIT TEMLPLATE HERE

Marek in Roubaix at the UCI World Track Masters

The thing about Masters events is that they are, in theory, quite accessible for the over 35s …. however, in reality one might find oneself up against some retired professionals and it does require some knowledge and fitness to win, whilst just being part of it can be quite rewarding (this writer rode the 2015 Road Race Masters and learned a lot!). Marek went back for more on the track in 2025 and the improvements were measurable:

Marek Pedziwiatr had entered the UCI World Track Masters in 2024, new to Track Racing and having just gained his Track Accreditation after recently first sampling the track with a West London Cycling track evening. Despite a ‘rude awakening’ in the 2024 Championships, he took on more coaching and nudged himself up the rankings a little in 2025. He still feels there is room for improvement:

This year was so diffrent for me here. Last year I was dead last in each race. This year with a little bit more technical training I could have been even higher but made some simple mistakes. I had power but not expierence and pace training. This 3 days gave me more feedback from my coach than a year of just following his plan. I know what the next steps are in order to focus . Even in the scratch race I was comfortable in the bunch. Everyone in the Polish team who was there last year was saying how much I’ve improved. I know it could have been even better but it’s what I learned which is more important and I’m still happy with the results.

Wouter Claes wins Race 1.1 .. all the Results from Monday Malarkey by West London Cycling 6 October 25 Race 1.1

An absolute thriller, lit up by Lorenzo Simons, Matthew Forshaw and Wouter Claes, with Wouter going clear at the end. A great start to the series with a record 6 spectators on Biketerra. Don’t miss next week’s race on Biketerra at 19.00 UK Time Monday 13th October ENTER HERE

FULL SERIES DETAILS HERE

ENTER HERE

CURRENT STANDINGS HERE

We are expanding our online TTT teams …. why not join in? We are looking for more riders.

We are looking to expand our Wednesday evening TTT teams. It’s great fun and fantastic for your fitness. We all speak live during the event so it’s social too …. come join the fun!

Wednesdays at 19.00 UK time on Biketerra. Invitations to riders supplied via our Whatsapp group, please email dave.morrisonR@gmail.com to join in.

Two teams (if enough riders) WEST LONDON CYCLING (A) & WEST LONDON RIDERS (B)

Teams of 3 to 6 riders with the time of the 3rd Rider across the line counting as the team result.

Dates listed above are ‘week commencing’ dates, actual dates can be found here:

Online Race Series is back! Monday Malarkey on Biketerra starts on 6th October for 12 weeks, sign ups now open…. get in!

Monday Malarkey is back! The popular 16km Monday night online races are back for 12 weeks between 6th October and 22nd December.

We will make further announcements about categories and race points etc, but the races are open for free entry already, get your name down now!

Mondays at 19.00h UK Time on Biketerra

Race BT1.1 La Croisetterra 6th October 19.00 UK Time – 15.8km 112m ascent

RaceBT1.2 The Battle of Little Britain 13th October 19.00 UK Time – 16.9km 98m ascent

Race BT1.3 Fifield 10 Miler 20th October 19.00 UK Time – 16.5km 95m ascent

Race BT1.4 Hi Lo Pompey 27th October UK Time – 16.4km 109m ascent

Race BT1.5 Cream of the Chalfonts 3rd November 19.00 UK Time – 15.8km 118m ascent

Race BT1.6 Gorges du Cians 10th November 19.00 UK Time – 16.5km 76m ascent

Race BT1.7 Windsor Park Polo 17th November 19.00 UK Time – 17.3km 122m ascent

Race BT1.8 Jolly Antig’wan 24th November 19.00 UK Time – 15.9km 116m ascent

Race BT1.9 WEB Race (Windsor Eton Bray) 1st December 19.00 UK Time – 16.1km 19m ascent

Race BT1.10 Box Hill BikeTerra 8th December 19.00 UK Time – 16.6km 217m ascent

Race BT1.11 Right On Brighton 15th December 19.00 Uk Time – 16.1km 45m ascent

Race BT1.12 AQOTWA (All Quiet On The Western Avenue) 22nd December 19.00 UK Time – 16km 80m ascent

Your 2025 Randonax Rides Picture Gallery

RANDONAX 2025: 156 Finishers from 164 starters and 221 entries .. the sun was out and some fine riding was enjoyed across the Northern Home Counties up to Bedfordshire from Ruislip, West London.

THE PHOTO GALLERY IS BELOW (Scroll Down). If you have any photos from the day you’d like us to add, please email dave.morrisonR@gmail.com

NEXT UP: RUSTYNAX RIDES FROM UXBRIDGE SATURDAY 21st FEBRUARY 2026

PROVISIONAL DATE FOR THE 2026 TOUR de RICKY IS SATURDAY 30th MAY 2026

.

YOUR 2025 RANDONAX GALLERY:

BANK HOLIDAY RANDONAX COMPLETELY SOLD OUT – NO ENTRIES ON THE DAY

The 2025 Randonax is completely SOLD OUT … PLease do not turn up on the day if you haven’t entered already as there will be no entries on the day.

All entrants have been sent GPX files and rider notes by email via British Cycling.

Randonax Roundels for rouleurs … the collection continues! Cyclists, make sure you’ve entered the August Bank Holiday Randonax Rides from Ruislip, West London.

Our 4th edition of the Annual Randonax Rides on August Bank Hoiiday Monday (25th August) from Ruislip West London is getting closer. An Audax Style event, with all the fun of the loop and the goal of adding another coveted West London Cycling Event Roundel to your collection, or even attaining your very first one! Great new routes (as always) for 2025 with new roads to discover, see the galleries below. It always sells out and is nearly 70% sold out already, so enter soon!

All finishers receive the collector’s Roundel and the designs change every year, so keep your palmares up to date with the latest design!

Only £12 entry, includes free refreshments at the start and finish, a Souvenir Brevet Card, the traditional coveted Finisher’s Roundel, GPX files routesheet and funIt always sells out and entries are well up on last year already – enter now to secure your place!

FULL DETAILS HERE

Free local parking, easy access from the M25, M1, M40/A40, M4 and M3. By Train on the Metropolitan Line, Piccadilly Line, Central Line and Chiltern Line.

ENTER HERE, ONLY £12:

YOUR 200km ROUTE PREVIEW…

YOUR 100km ROUTE PREVIEW

YOUR 70km ROUTE PREVIEW

PICTURES FROM THE 2024 EVENT

Wow! West London Cycling’s online race team win the last race of the series and secure second spot!

If you haven’t tried online TTT racing with West London Cycling yet, then why not? If you own a smart trainer you really should!

We ended series one with a victory, giving Champions OTR UV their first defeat (at last!) in the final race. Well done to all of the teams in the first OTR Series on Biketerra (Special mention to the legendary Jim Ogilvie for organising the series).

OTR UV looked invincible until now, and in fact West London Cycling have ‘wobbled’ a littlein recent races with star riders on holiday. But is all came right for West London in the end, the only team to beat desereved champions OTR UV. Well done UV.

We have a small squad and really would like to recruit a few new riders for Series Two which starts on Wednesday 6th August (we ride on Wednesdays at 7pm). Please DM us and sign up ( dave.morrisonr@gmal.com ).

If you are stuck on boring online training workouts or wondering why you aren’t getting better on outdoor Strava segments at the weekend … trust us, this is where you improve your fitness. Don’t be ‘blind’, open up your mind and discover a fitness find!

West London Cycling and Uxbridge Loiterers combine to pay tribute to Nick Smart … a local rider who will be sadly missed.

Paying our respects to Nick Smart following his family’s unexpected breavement was something that beautifully brought together Nick’s family, neighbours and one of local cycling’s oldest clubs, the wonderful Uxbridge Loiterers, as well as it’s newest, West London Cycling.

The ride started at the Polish War Memorial, the spiritual home of West London Cycling and ended at the Rusty Bike Cafe in Uxbridge, passing Nick’s home along the way.

The ride stopped outside Nick’s house where his family came out and listened to a wonderful tribute from WLC’s Leon Evans before riding out and finishing at the Rusty Bike where the Loiterers’ Tim Oakley delivered a second tribute.

A wonderful opportunity to find out more about Nick from both the great speeches and meeting his family. Paul Saunders generously provided black armbands for the riders and we suspect it was a revelation for Nick’s family to meet all those cyclists they’d only heard about before. Special thanks to the Rusty Bike Cafe for hosting us all.

Nick was a popular, well liked, rider and this was a special day we’ll all remember for a long time. We hope he was looking down and enjoying it too.

The Nick Smart Memorial Ride is on Saturday 26th July starting at 9am from the Polish War Memorial (A40 Ruislip / Northolt) finishing with an (estimated) 11am social and tribute at the Rusty Bike Cafe in Uxbridge

The unexpected death of popular cyclist Nick Smart came as a shock to everyone and as a regular rider with West London Cycling on Sundays, we would like to invite everyone on a social ride on Saturday 26th July to commemorate his life, remember him and pay tribute.

The ride is just 44km, reasonably flat and ends up at the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park in Uxbridge where non-riders are also invited for a get together. We aim to have some speakers to pay tribute to NIck (TBC).

ROUTE IS HERE

West London Cycling online TTT team consolidate 2nd position in the league!

West London Cycling’s online TTT team have consistently held second position in League One for a few weeks now and now have cushion of 3 points before the next placed team. There are four rounds to go, so second place is still not secure, as they say, there’s all to race for!

We are looking for more riders to expand our teams, if you own a smart trainer then get in contact and join the fun.

AUGUST BANK HOLIDAY RANDONAX ENTRIIES NOW OPEN – ENTER HERE!

Online Racing with West London Cycling’s TTT team on a roll!

After 3 weeks (out of 8) our online TTT team have consolidated 2nd place in League One. Well done guys.

We are always looking for new riders, please contact us if you are interested in joining the team.

AUGUST BANK HOLIDAY RANDONAX ENTRIIES NOW OPEN – ENTER HERE!

Official Tour de Ricky photographs and jerseys now available to purchase … plus August Bank Holiday Randonax Entries now open

CHECK THE TOUR De RICKY OFFICIAL PHOTOS HERE

there are loads of stunning photos available to purchse from the 2025 Tour de Ricky, taken, supplied and sold by Charles Whitton Photography … take a look, be sure to scroll down to find yourself OR use their amazing facial recognition facility where yu upload a selfie and they find your photos …. fantastic!

And we have had a few enquiries about ordering the official Tour de Ricky 2025 event jersey (they seem very popular!) … consequently, we will put an order in on 8th June, so please order before then. One (taller) person asked if they could have a longer cut, yes, but please email us after ordering as the WLC website shop doesn’t have this option when you order, but we can tweak your order when ordering from Kalas. Allow abou 7 – 8 weeks for production. We can post to you (postage charge) or, hopefully, arrange collection somewhere convenient ….

ORDER A TOUR de RICKY JERSEY HERE

…and if you enjoyed Tour de Ricky, you’ll love this too: Our annual August Bank Holiday Randonax event from Ruislip

AUGUST BANK HOLIDAY RANDONAX ENTRIIES NOW OPEN – ENTER HERE!

Wow! What a Tour de Ricky … big ya’self up if you were involved in any way.

People make events, and there are far too many people who made the 2025 Tour de Ricky a great event to thank individually here, so whatever way you were involved, here’s a whole heap of thanks and a shedload of photosscroll down:

AUGUST BANK HOLIDAY RANDONAX ENTRIIES NOW OPEN – ENTER HERE!

CHECK THE TOUR de RICKY OFFICIAL RIDER PHOTOS ON SALE HERE

there are loads of stunning photos available to purchse from the 2025 Tour de Ricky, taken, supplied and sold by Charles Whitton Photography … take a look, be sure to scroll down to find yourself OR use their amazing facial recognition facility where yu upload a selfie and they find your photos …. fantastic!

AND HERE ARE OUR CLUB PHOTOS:

AUGUST BANK HOLIDAY RANDONAX ENTRIIES NOW OPEN – ENTER HERE!

It’s Tour de Ricky Day with West London Cycling

Looking forward to seeing everyone at the start line ….. don’t forget to smile for the cameras!

We were at Woodoaks yesterday (Friday) making the last minute arrangements and the weather looks nice, a final set up early this morning and then it’s over to you guys, the riders …. have fun!

AUGUST BANK HOLIDAY RANDONAX ENTRIIES NOW OPEN – ENTER HERE!

Smart riders: West London Cycling online TTT is back in action, why not join the team?

West London Cycling are really excited to see that James Ogilvie’s OTR races have transferred to Biketerra, a platform we love a lot more than MyWhoosh. Fantastic news!

The actual racing in earnest starts on Wednesday 28th May at 7pm, but we took the chance to practice the route for next week early. Four riders volunteered, although teams can be up to six riders. Although Stu Thorn had some internet issues and his screen froze at one point, he rode on, albeit without the front three.

Biketerra has come a long way since the early days of West London’s winter series and, most of all, we love the fact it brakes on corners like RGT used to … plus, there is optional steering etc …. this is going to become such a great platform.

We are always looking for new riders, and would love to have new riders join in and expand to two teams. If you have a smart trainer and are interested, please contact us.

AUGUST BANK HOLIDAY RANDONAX ENTRIIES NOW OPEN – ENTER HERE!

Sad News: Nick Smart is pedalling to heaven and it won’t be on Strava. Our condolances to his family, he was a much loved member of West London Cycling

It is with deep sadness that we record the death of one of the club’s popular Sunday Riders, Nick Smart. Nick started appearing with club stalwart Leon Evans on a Sunday and quickly became a popular fixture as we headed out from Ruislip on a Sunday morning, often rendezvousing in Uxbridge if we were heading out towards the Thames Valley.

We offer our sincere condolances to his wife Theresa and his son and daughter, Peter and Claire respectively.

Nick, a paramedic and clinical tutor, passed away on Friday night, it was only in February that he was diagnosed with heart issues.

Leon Evans will be compiling tributes from club members, please keep an eye on our Whatsapp group and we also intend to do a Saturday Special Nick Smart Memorial Ride one weekend this summer.

Bikefood becomes the Official Energy Drink Suppier at the Tour de Ricky

We are delighted to announce that Bikefood have stepped up and are supplying free energy drinks for riders at the Tour de Ricky. It will be available at the start and at the controls too, where you can add the Bikefood Powder in your water bottles.

This is the second supporter to step up and help the devent following events earlier this week with a sponsor reneging. We thank all of our supporters and look forward to riders enjoying the ride fuelled on Bikefood!

Check out Bikefood here.

AUGUST BANK HOLIDAY RANDONAX ENTRIIES NOW OPEN – ENTER HERE!

Cometh the hour, cometh SPECIALIZED RUISLIP …. win with your Tour de Ricky entry and West London Cycling, it just gets better and better!

THE TOUR DE RICKY IS SOLD OUT. THERE WILL BE NO ENTRIES ON THE DAY.

Massive thanks to Specialized Ruislip for stepping up when others let us down!

Specialized Ruislip have stepped in at the Tour de Ricky (following the unprofessional reneging by Freewheel) and the event gets another ‘notch’ better as a result. Two riders can now win a £50 voucher to spend on whatever they like at the Specialized Store in Ruislip High Street. This is fantastic, and just makes the 2025 Tour de Ricky even better value at just £14 entry.

At the start, every rider signing on will receive two free draw entries for an abundance of prizes, which we’ll draw before they return. Prizes can be picked up at the finish, but if not collected they will be forfeited … so there’s an incentive to get you around the course you’ve chosen.

All of the Prizes so far:

Two £50 VOUCHERS redeemable at the SPECIALIZED Store in RUISLIP

One NEWLANE FOLDING COMMUTER CYCLING HELMET

One TAILFIN TOP TUBE BAG

Three 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO RIDE WITH GPS

Two PACKS OF PRO CYCLING TRUMPS PLAYING CARDS.

Ten FREE ENTRIES TO THE RANDONAX RIDES FROM RUISLIP ON 25th AUGUST (Bank Holiday Monday)

Five WEST LONDON CYCLING Snoods

SEE YOU ON THE 31st MAY AT WOODOAKS FARM.

AUGUST BANK HOLIDAY RANDONAX ENTRIIES NOW OPEN – ENTER HERE!

West London Cycling ‘Tube Jersey’ orders must be made by Midnight Monday 12th May … Limited Edition, don’t miss out and suffer FOMO!

ORDER HERE NOW!

The iconic ‘Tube Jersey’ representing that ‘Metroland’ culture of our members across London Bucks, Berks and Herts etc.a limited edition based on this order, if you miss out you may never get another opportunity to get one … ordernow!

The WLC online club shop will be open until Monday 12th May for orders of the race fit Kalas jerseys in Spinn material jerseys at just £63 each.

Be a Tube Dude and express your West London credentials with this unique jersey design!

If you want a variation (eg Gilet, Stripes Material, Winter Jersey etc) please make contact individually as we may be ableto facilitate such items in this design)

Your West London Cycling April Velodrome Section Gallery

Another great West London Cycling evening at the Lee Valley Velodrome in East London with some excelent coaching on Wednesday 16th April. Make sure you get a place next time, look out for details.

…. here are the pictures to savour:

Online TTT Racing Team consolidate in MyWhoosh League One

Another good week for the TTT Team … 4th place across all teams and consolidating 5th position in the highest division … well done guys!

Teams are of 3 to 6 riders and the third rider’s time counts for the team time.

We are looking to get a few more riders on board so that we can runtwo teams each week, Wednesdays at 7pm, so if you have a smart trainer, get in touch and join the fun!

August Bank Holiday Randonax Ride Entries open 7am on Saturday 5th April Click here for info

West London VR TTT team kick off their debut in MyWhoosh League One with a decent start

Our debut in the OTR MyWhoosh League One TTT series got off to a good start with 7th place in all leagues and 5th in League One with a time not too far off the teas in front.

Teams are of 3 to 6 riders and the third rider’s time counts for the team time.

We are looking to get a few more riders on board so that we can runtwo teams each week, Wednesdays at 7pm, so if you have a smart trainer, get in touch and join the fun!

Our online TTT team have qualified for League One, congratulations everyone ….. we are looking for more riders in order to create a second WLVR Team …. if you have a smart trainer, join the fun every Wednesday evening at 7.00pm

With our own Winter Racing Series on Biketerra completed a few weeks back, we set up a team and entered the MyWhoosh TTT League. This week the team finished 5th (see picture) and after a few ‘Sorting Weeks’ have now clocked up some times have been allocated to League One … well done guys.

We have 6 riders in each race, the time of the third rider across the line counts for the team’s time. But even the three behind will have contributed to the result by taking turns in front earlier in the race. Courses are likely to be around 20km each week and we do our races on Wednesdays at 7pm on MyWhoosh.

We have more than 6 riders, so no need to ride every week, but we’d love to have a second team so that when more than six are available we can run a second team. If you have a smart trainer and wish to take part, please contact us.

Hurry … Tour de Ricky discounted jersey offer ends Wednesday 5th March – ORDER NOW!

ORDER YOUR TOUR DE RICKY JERSEY NOW.

The retail price of a Kalas Spinn jersey is £89, the discounted price here is £49.50, but only until 5th March …..or orders between 6th March and 31st May will be £60 per jersey …. you know it makes sense to order now!

ORDER BEFORE MIDNIGHT WEDNESDAY 5th MARCH TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THIS FABULOUS DISCOUNT

August Bank Holiday Randonax entries open on Saturday 5th April at 7am

Rustynax 2025, a proper early season Reliability Ride for cyclists who like to smile! Well done to all the riders and a big shout out to the helpers who make it happen! And weren’t the staff at the Rusty Bike Cafe and Burnham Beeches great too?

WARNING: THIS CONTENT CONTAINS PHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGES OF PEOPLE SMILING.

110 Finishers from 155 entrants and 112 starters as we expanded capacity for 2025 and the smiles mean we’ll look at ways of increasing capacity again for 2026 … Don’t forget, Tour de Ricky is sold out but the Randonax (August Bank Holiday Monday – 25th) opens for Entries at 7am Saturday 5th April, another West London Cycling Roundel to collect.

If you rode and have some pictures to share, we’d love to add them to the gallery, but here’s the story so far:

RUSTYNAX IS ABOUT TO SELL OUT – NO ENTRIES ON THE DAY – YOUR LAST CHANCE TO QUALIFY FOR THE TOUR DE RICKY

With just 10 places left on Wednesday morning it is unlikely that the 2025 Rustynax will still be open for entries by Thursday evening, so enter now! £10 via British Cycling.

All finishers will be eligible for a Tour de Ricky place at £14 … The Tour de Ricky is sold out so this is your last chance to qualify.

ENTER HERE:

REMEMBER: THE RUSTYNAX HAD ALREADY SOLD OUT BUT WE ADDED EXTRA PLACES TO GIVE MORE PEOPLE THE CHANCE TO GAIN A TOUR de RICKY SLOT! DON’T MISS OUT!

It is also the first chance in 2025 to earn one of the West London Cycling Roundels … there are 4 to collect in 2025 and this is just the first.

West London Cycling’s Biketerra Series One finishes in style!

We’ll be back in the autumn (fall) of 2025 with another series on Biketerra but we now move on to our real life cycling program for 2025 … starting with the Rustynax Rides on 22nd February from Uxbridge, West London. Finishers qualify for Tour de Ricky entries at £14 (Tour de Ricky is sold out of online entries).

Well done Jeppe Snaever, here are the series’ results:

Order Tour de Ricky Caps and Jerseys before 5th March at discount prices not to be missed!

The Tour de Ricky jersey is a massive bargain at just £49.50, made by top international brand Kalas, it is almost half the price of one of their retail jerseys (Spinn) … great quality race fit jerseys at a price you just can’t beat.

Order by 5th March. You can pay for us to post it to you, collect on the day of the event or collect from the Specialized Shop in Ruislip before the event.

These are made to order and orders after 5th March will cost £60, so don’t miss out on this incredible price. But even at £60 they will be a bargain for a jersey which retails at just under £90.

The traditional Tour de Ricky caps can be ordered in advance too at £11, they will be £15 on the day. Don’t miss out, there will only be a limited amount on sale on the day.

ORDER NOW FROM OUR ONLINE SHOP!

If you haven’t entered the Tour de Ricky, all online entries have now sold out. However, there are a limited number of entries left for the Rustnax Rides on Saturday 22 February and all finishers in the Rustynax are eligible for a £14 Tour de Ricky entry.

Round off winter with a Roundel and kick start your 2025 Cycling Campaign …. you need to be in the Rustynax Rides from Uxbridge on 22 February: ENTER NOW!

West London Cycling’s fun Audax Style Reliability Ride started in 2024, selling out in its first year and we have added extra places for 2025. It’s a great value event, just £10 and finishers get a Roundel (as with all West London Cycling Events) plus a frame sticker and the Souvenir Full Colour Brevet Card as a certificate of your achievement ….

All finishers are entitled to a Tour de Ricky place at £14. The Tour de Ricky is sold out and this is the only way you can now secure a place.

Saturday 22nd February from the Rusty Bike Cafe in Uxbridge, West London ….60km &83km Routes

A Reliability Ride event with 2 distances of 60km (380m ascent) and 83km (550m ascent) – a nice early season workout with a finisher’s roundel available for all finishers!

ALL RUSTYNAX ENTRANTS WHO COMPLETE THE EVENT QUALIFY FOR  A £14 TOUR DE RICKY ENTRY … THE LAST CHANCE TO ENTER THE TOUR de RICKY!

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

We have devised fresh new routes for the second Spring Reliability Rides coming your way from West London Cycling Rustynax II is on Saturday 22nd February… a WLC style route designed for a winter ride, for your enjoyment. We won’t give the routes away yet, but the profile only means 550m and 380m ascent respectively so that there is plenty of flat fast roads. Scroll down for Route Profiles.

This will be an Audax style event, so you’ll get a Brevet Card which you’ll need to get stamped in Burnham Beeches and at the Rusty Bike Cafe finish, where all finishers will receive a Finisher’s Roundel/Sew On Patch

The start and finish are at the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge, UB8 2UW. If you are not riding to the start, there is pleanty of town centre parking (paying) or frequent trains on the Metropolitan and Piccadilly Lines to Uxbridge Station, a 5 minute ride away.

As this is an Audax Style event, you will need a device to navigate with, we will send all riders a GPX file during the week leading up to the event. You need to be at least 16 years old on the day to enter.

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

BEFORE THE RIDE

We will send out route GPX files, digital route sheets, instructions by email approximately one week before the event. You need to download the GPX files onto your bike computer (eg Wahoo, Garmin, Hammerhead, Bryton etc). This will be your navigation for the route, there will be no roadside signs. Please have a look at the manual routesheet, even if you don’t intend to use it, because it does highlight some aspects of thec route that are worth beng aware of. Garmin users can download using Garmin Connect whilst Wahoo users can upload via the phone app or by syncing with Strava / RWGPS etc.

YOU MAY CHOOSE TO DOWNLOAD BOTH ROUTES AS YOU CAN SWITCH ROUTES ON THE DAY.

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

Please check your bike, this is a Reliability Ride, let’s make sure our kit is reliable! Make sure your sealant is topped up if riding Tubeless Tyres, and bring a spare Inner Tube whatever tryres you are on!

GETTING THERE

BY BIKE – We are expecting a lot of local riders to ride to the start, you can enter Fassnidge Park from the Slough Road via Rockingham Parade. There is another gate at the start of Oxford Road near the Town Centre Roundabout where it meets the Harefield Road. The cafe will be visible from the Oxford Road entrance, whilst from Rockingham Parade enter the park by the Recycle A Bike premises.

BY TRAIN – You can take your bike on any part of the Metropolitan Line, so you could pick it up anywhere from Aldgate, Kings Cross, Euston, Baker Street, Wembley, Harrow etc and travel to Uxbridge. The cafe is a 5 minute ride away. You can take your bike on the Piccadilly Line from Barons Court outwards … you may need to change to the Metropolitamn Line at Rayners Lane. Other possibilities are the Central Line to West Ruislip, or Elizabeth Line to West Drayton and then cycle to Uxbridge. There is a full guide to taking your bike on the tube via the link below.

TAKING YOUR BIKE ON THE TUBE GUIDE

BY CAR – Uxbridge is a shopping destination so has various car parks including the convenient Cedars Car Park or Grainges Car Park. It may prove expensive, although there are discounts if you are a resident of Hillingdon Borough. For non residents, up to 5 hours is £5.60, up to 8 hours is £8.60. It may be preferable to park further away and cycle a kilometre or so to the start.

AT THE START

We will issue you with a Brevet Card, Routesheet and Frame sticker. You just need to get the card stamped at the control point. There will be free instant coffee and basic tea but you can also buy food and more exotic beverage from the Rusty Bike Cafe.

DURING THE RIDE

You will navigate via the GPX file on your bike computer device. However, we will also provide a printed routesheet as a back up should you device fail etc.

Midway though your ride you will reach the Burnham Beeches ECO Cafe (situated in Burnham Beeches). There will be a West London Cycling official at one of the tables, who will stamp your Brevet Card as proof of passage. This is crucial as you’ll need to show this at the finish in order to receive your Finisher’s Roundel.

Most of the roads are reasonable but there are rough parts and potholes, just like anywhere in the UK at this time of year. Some lanes may have standing water and puddles but we test ride the routes in advance, and these should not prove a severe hindrance.

This is a Reliability Ride so there is no support vehicle, if you have to give up, then you’ll have to make your own way back. There are railway stations at Iver – Beaconsfield -Cookham/Burnham – but not directly on the route. Please use the contact number on the Brevet Card to inform us if you aren’t going to finish – it saves us waiting for you in vain.

AT THE FINISH

Upon your return, please head into the Rusty Bike Cafe where we will stamp your Brevet Card and present your Finisher’s Roundel. The cafe will be open for food and drinks to purchase … recommended fayre as our regular riders will attest!

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

Rustynax Countdown: Less than a month to go, and places ain’t gonna last, so get in fast; Your 2025 campaign starter ride from West London Cycling.

With added places we are pleased to say that you still have a chance to kick start your 2025 campaign at the Randonax on 22 February, now less than a month away.

Saturday 22nd February from the Rusty Bike Cafe in Uxbridge, West London ….60km &83km Routes

A Reliability Ride event with 2 distances of 60km (380m ascent) and 83km (550m ascent) – a nice early season workout with a finisher’s roundel available for all finishers!

ALL RUSTYNAX ENTRANTS WHO COMPLETE THE EVENT QUALIFY FOR  A £14 TOUR DE RICKY ENTRY … THE LAST CHANCE TO ENTER THE TOUR de RICKY!

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

We have devised fresh new routes for the second Spring Reliability Rides coming your way from West London Cycling Rustynax II is on Saturday 22nd February… a WLC style route designed for a winter ride, for your enjoyment. We won’t give the routes away yet, but the profile only means 550m and 380m ascent respectively so that there is plenty of flat fast roads. Scroll down for Route Profiles.

This will be an Audax style event, so you’ll get a Brevet Card which you’ll need to get stamped in Burnham Beeches and at the Rusty Bike Cafe finish, where all finishers will receive a Finisher’s Roundel/Sew On Patch

The start and finish are at the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge, UB8 2UW. If you are not riding to the start, there is pleanty of town centre parking (paying) or frequent trains on the Metropolitan and Piccadilly Lines to Uxbridge Station, a 5 minute ride away.

As this is an Audax Style event, you will need a device to navigate with, we will send all riders a GPX file during the week leading up to the event. You need to be at least 16 years old on the day to enter.

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

BEFORE THE RIDE

We will send out route GPX files, digital route sheets, instructions by email approximately one week before the event. You need to download the GPX files onto your bike computer (eg Wahoo, Garmin, Hammerhead, Bryton etc). This will be your navigation for the route, there will be no roadside signs. Please have a look at the manual routesheet, even if you don’t intend to use it, because it does highlight some aspects of thec route that are worth beng aware of. Garmin users can download using Garmin Connect whilst Wahoo users can upload via the phone app or by syncing with Strava / RWGPS etc.

YOU MAY CHOOSE TO DOWNLOAD BOTH ROUTES AS YOU CAN SWITCH ROUTES ON THE DAY.

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

Please check your bike, this is a Reliability Ride, let’s make sure our kit is reliable! Make sure your sealant is topped up if riding Tubeless Tyres, and bring a spare Inner Tube whatever tryres you are on!

GETTING THERE

BY BIKE – We are expecting a lot of local riders to ride to the start, you can enter Fassnidge Park from the Slough Road via Rockingham Parade. There is another gate at the start of Oxford Road near the Town Centre Roundabout where it meets the Harefield Road. The cafe will be visible from the Oxford Road entrance, whilst from Rockingham Parade enter the park by the Recycle A Bike premises.

BY TRAIN – You can take your bike on any part of the Metropolitan Line, so you could pick it up anywhere from Aldgate, Kings Cross, Euston, Baker Street, Wembley, Harrow etc and travel to Uxbridge. The cafe is a 5 minute ride away. You can take your bike on the Piccadilly Line from Barons Court outwards … you may need to change to the Metropolitamn Line at Rayners Lane. Other possibilities are the Central Line to West Ruislip, or Elizabeth Line to West Drayton and then cycle to Uxbridge. There is a full guide to taking your bike on the tube via the link below.

TAKING YOUR BIKE ON THE TUBE GUIDE

BY CAR – Uxbridge is a shopping destination so has various car parks including the convenient Cedars Car Park or Grainges Car Park. It may prove expensive, although there are discounts if you are a resident of Hillingdon Borough. For non residents, up to 5 hours is £5.60, up to 8 hours is £8.60. It may be preferable to park further away and cycle a kilometre or so to the start.

AT THE START

We will issue you with a Brevet Card, Routesheet and Frame sticker. You just need to get the card stamped at the control point. There will be free instant coffee and basic tea but you can also buy food and more exotic beverage from the Rusty Bike Cafe.

DURING THE RIDE

You will navigate via the GPX file on your bike computer device. However, we will also provide a printed routesheet as a back up should you device fail etc.

Midway though your ride you will reach the Burnham Beeches ECO Cafe (situated in Burnham Beeches). There will be a West London Cycling official at one of the tables, who will stamp your Brevet Card as proof of passage. This is crucial as you’ll need to show this at the finish in order to receive your Finisher’s Roundel.

Most of the roads are reasonable but there are rough parts and potholes, just like anywhere in the UK at this time of year. Some lanes may have standing water and puddles but we test ride the routes in advance, and these should not prove a severe hindrance.

This is a Reliability Ride so there is no support vehicle, if you have to give up, then you’ll have to make your own way back. There are railway stations at Iver – Beaconsfield -Cookham/Burnham – but not directly on the route. Please use the contact number on the Brevet Card to inform us if you aren’t going to finish – it saves us waiting for you in vain.

AT THE FINISH

Upon your return, please head into the Rusty Bike Cafe where we will stamp your Brevet Card and present your Finisher’s Roundel. The cafe will be open for food and drinks to purchase … recommended fayre as our regular riders will attest!

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

Missed out on a Tour de Ricky Entry? Enter and finish the Rustynax qualifier and you still have a chance … hurry, limited places.

With the Tour de Ricky selling out in just 3 weeks we have added places to the Rustynax on 22nd February (9am starts already sold out) by adding an extra start time at 10am. Places are limited, but any rider finishing the Rustynax is eligible for a £14 Tour de Ricky entry.

RUSTYNAX FULL DETAILS HERE

ENTER HERE ONLY £10

We have devised fresh new routes for the second Spring Reliability Rides coming your way from West London Cycling Rustynax II is on Saturday 22nd February… a WLC style route designed for a winter ride, for your enjoyment. We won’t give the routes away yet, but the profile only means 550m and 380m ascent respectively so that there is plenty of flat fast roads. Scroll down for Route Profiles.

This will be an Audax style event, so you’ll get a Brevet Card which you’ll need to get stamped in Burnham Beeches and at the Rusty Bike Cafe finish, where all finishers will receive a Finisher’s Roundel/Sew On Patch

The start and finish are at the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge, UB8 2UW. If you are not riding to the start, there is pleanty of town centre parking (paying) or frequent trains on the Metropolitan and Piccadilly Lines to Uxbridge Station, a 5 minute ride away.

As this is an Audax Style event, you will need a device to navigate with, we will send all riders a GPX file during the week leading up to the event. You need to be at least 16 years old on the day to enter.

Tour de Ricky Standard Entries SOLD OUT – But you can still get a place if you are quick (on the keyboard, not necessarily your bike)!

If you have missed out on Standard Tour de Ricky Place, there two other routes to gaining an entry, there are still a liited number of Ride plus TdR Cap packages at £25 each (£14 ride plus £11 cap .. caps will be £15 on the day) the other is to enter and complete our Rustynax Ride on Saturday 22nd February – all finishers of that event are guaranteed a Tour de Ricky entry at £14.

DEATAILS OF THE RUSTYNAX RIDES FROM UXBRIDGE ON 22nd FEBRUARY

TOUR de RICKY takes place on Saturday 31st May.

TO RECEIVE NOTIFICATIONS AND REGISTER YOUR INTEREST IN THE TOUR de RICKY – REGISTER HERE

ENTER HERE

ALL FINISHERS OF THE WEST LONDON RUSTYNAX RELIABILITY RIDE ON 22nd FEBRUARY ARE GUARANTEED A TOUR de RICKY PLACE

ORDER TOUR de RICKY KIT HERE

DISCOUNTED TOUR de RICKY KIT CAN BE ORDERED IN ADVANCE.

ORDERS BEFORE 5th MARCH

CAPS: £11 (£15 after 5 March)

JERSEYS £49.50 (£60 after 5 March)

TO BE COLLECTED AT THE EVENT ON THE DAY

ORDERS AFTER 5 MARCH: CAPS £15 JERSEYS £60 – WILL BE POSTED IF NOT READY FOR COLLECTION AT THE EVENT.

BARGAIN PRICES ON BOTH, THESE ARE TRADITIONAL COTTON CAPS AND THE JERSEYS ARE HIGH QUALITY KALAS SPINN (at almost half retail price for early orders and over 30% off for later orders)

At the sign on, riders can enter a prize draw, which will be drawn whilst riders are out on the course, so that the lucky winners can collect their prizes when they finish. Prizes not collected on the day will be forfeited.

One NEWLANE FOLDING COMMUTER CYCLING HELMET

One TAILFIN TOP TUBE BAG

Three 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO RIDE WITH GPS

Fifteen 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO ONLINE CYCLING PLATFORM BIKETERRA

One PACK OF PRO CYCLING TRUMPS PLAYING CARDS.

We are continuing the theme of a cycling festival for the communities of West Hertfordshire and West London. There will be a Finisher’s Roundel for eveyone completing one of the three routes, You will be able to switch routes on the day if you feel more, or less, ambitious.

Look out for all the cycling related stalls at the start line …. it’s a special day!

FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES, FAMILY FUN AND MORE ON THE DAY

There will be ongoing activities at Woodoaks Farm whilst the riders are exploring the hinterland, so bring the family along for a great day out at Woodoaks Farm.

Details of activities to be announced, but the Tea Shack will have delicious fayre on sale and Creative Juices Brewing Company Bar will be serving their excellent beers for you to enjoy.

We will be adding prizes and organising games throughout the day, the kids should certainly enjoy a game or two of Pro Cycling Trumps … an excellent card game for all the family.

Tour de Ricky: your 2025 Ride (near) London challenge just off the M25 in Hertfordshire with places being snapped up early there are not many places left….

ENTER THE TOUR DE RICKY NOW WHILST YOU STILL CAN; Step Up and Thrill Out, don’t Chill Out and Miss Out !

The Tour de Ricky is on course to sell out. There are only 20 places left at £14 with £45 including the collectible Tour de Ricky cap (at a discount) remaining, but when they are gone, they will be gone! Don’t miss out.

If you do miss out, there is one other route to gaining an entry, which is to enter and complete our Rustynax Ride on Saturday 22nd February – all finishers of that event are guaranteed a Tour de Ricky entry at £14.

The event takes place on Saturday 31st May.

ENTER HERE

ALL FINISHERS OF THE WEST LONDON RUSTYNAX RELIABILITY RIDE ON 22nd FEBRUARY ARE GUARANTEED A TOUR de RICKY PLACE

ORDER TOUR de RICKY KIT HERE

DISCOUNTED TOUR de RICKY KIT CAN BE ORDERED IN ADVANCE.

ORDERS BEFORE 5th MARCH

CAPS: £11 (£15 after 5 March)

JERSEYS £49.50 (£60 after 5 March)

TO BE COLLECTED AT THE EVENT ON THE DAY

ORDERS AFTER 5 MARCH: CAPS £15 JERSEYS £60 – WILL BE POSTED IF NOT READY FOR COLLECTION AT THE EVENT.

BARGAIN PRICES ON BOTH, THESE ARE TRADITIONAL COTTON CAPS AND THE JERSEYS ARE HIGH QUALITY KALAS SPINN (at almost half retail price for early orders and over 30% off for later orders)

 

At the sign on, riders can enter a prize draw, which will be drawn whilst riders are out on the course, so that the lucky winners can collect their prizes when they finish. Prizes not collected on the day will be forfeited.

One NEWLANE FOLDING COMMUTER CYCLING HELMET

One TAILFIN TOP TUBE BAG

Three 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO RIDE WITH GPS

Fifteen 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO ONLINE CYCLING PLATFORM BIKETERRA

One PACK OF PRO CYCLING TRUMPS PLAYING CARDS.

We are continuing the theme of a cycling festival for the communities of West Hertfordshire and West London. There will be a Finisher’s Roundel for eveyone completing one of the three routes, You will be able to switch routes on the day if you feel more, or less, ambitious.

Look out for all the cycling related stalls at the start line …. it’s a special day!

FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES, FAMILY FUN AND MORE ON THE DAY

There will be ongoing activities at Woodoaks Farm whilst the riders are exploring the hinterland, so bring the family along for a great day out at Woodoaks Farm.

Details of activities to be announced, but the Tea Shack will have delicious fayre on sale and Creative Juices Brewing Company Bar will be serving their excellent beers for you to enjoy.

We will be adding prizes and organising games throughout the day, the kids should certainly enjoy a game or two of Pro Cycling Trumps … an excellent card game for all the family.

Due to demand, extra places have been added to The West London Cycling Rustynax 2025 Rides on 22nd February from Uxbridge … an extra 30 places have been added by introducing an extra start time at 10am after nearly 90% of the original places were snapped up!

If you want a summer sports belly, don’t sit and watch winter telly!

Get out and train for the Rustynax Rides in February, your early season cycling special!

Rustynax places have been flying out, when they are gone, they are gone, or so we thought …. but we had an idea …. we have set up a second wave start at 10am for long route riders, initially with 30 extra places but we can review this. Nevertheless, it will be limited so make sure you have your entry in soon for the 22nd February Spring Classic we call the Rustynax.

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

Starts from the Rusty Bike Cafe Uxbridge, West London, Satrurday 22nd February….. Enter now or risk being stuck at home watching TV!

The start and finish are at the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge, UB8 2UW. If you are not riding to the start, there is pleanty of town centre parking (paying) or frequent trains on the Metropolitan and Piccadilly Lines to Uxbridge Station, a 5 minute ride away.

As this is an Audax Style event, you will need a device to navigate with, we will send all riders a GPX file during the week leading up to the event. You need to be at least 16 years old on the day to enter.

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

BEFORE THE RIDE

We will send out route GPX files, digital route sheets, instructions by email approximately one week before the event. You need to download the GPX files onto your bike computer (eg Wahoo, Garmin, Hammerhead, Bryton etc). This will be your navigation for the route, there will be no roadside signs. Please have a look at the manual routesheet, even if you don’t intend to use it, because it does highlight some aspects of thec route that are worth beng aware of. Garmin users can download using Garmin Connect whilst Wahoo users can upload via the phone app or by syncing with Strava / RWGPS etc.

YOU MAY CHOOSE TO DOWNLOAD BOTH ROUTES AS YOU CAN SWITCH ROUTES ON THE DAY.

GETTING THERE

BY BIKE – We are expecting a lot of local riders to ride to the start, you can enter Fassnidge Park from the Slough Road via Rockingham Parade. There is another gate at the start of Oxford Road near the Town Centre Roundabout where it meets the Harefield Road. The cafe will be visible from the Oxford Road entrance, whilst from Rockingham Parade enter the park by the Recycle A Bike premises.

BY TRAIN – You can take your bike on any part of the Metropolitan Line, so you could pick it up anywhere from Aldgate, Kings Cross, Euston, Baker Street, Wembley, Harrow etc and travel to Uxbridge. The cafe is a 5 minute ride away. You can take your bike on the Piccadilly Line from Barons Court outwards … you may need to change to the Metropolitamn Line at Rayners Lane. Other possibilities are the Central Line to West Ruislip, or Elizabeth Line to West Drayton and then cycle to Uxbridge. There is a full guide to taking your bike on the tube via the link below.

TAKING YOUR BIKE ON THE TUBE GUIDE

BY CAR – Uxbridge is a shopping destination so has various car parks including the convenient Cedars Car Park or Grainges Car Park. It may prove expensive, although there are discounts if you are a resident of Hillingdon Borough. For non residents, up to 5 hours is £5.60, up to 8 hours is £8.60. It may be preferable to park further away and cycle a kilometre or so to the start.

AT THE START

We will issue you with a Brevet Card, Routesheet and Frame sticker. You just need to get the card stamped at the control point. There will be free instant coffee and basic tea but you can also buy food and more exotic beverage from the Rusty Bike Cafe.

DURING THE RIDE

You will navigate via the GPX file on your bike computer device. However, we will also provide a printed routesheet as a back up should you device fail etc.

Midway though your ride you will reach the Burnham Beeches ECO Cafe (situated in Burnham Beeches). There will be a West London Cycling official at one of the tables, who will stamp your Brevet Card as proof of passage. This is crucial as you’ll need to show this at the finish in order to receive your Finisher’s Roundel.

Most of the roads are reasonable but there are rough parts and potholes, just like anywhere in the UK at this time of year. Some lanes may have standing water and puddles but we test ride the routes in advance, and these should not prove a severe hindrance.

This is a Reliability Ride so there is no support vehicle, if you have to give up, then you’ll have to make your own way back. There are railway stations at Iver – Beaconsfield -Cookham/Burnham – but not directly on the route. Please use the contact number on the Brevet Card to inform us if you aren’t going to finish – it saves us waiting for you in vain.

AT THE FINISH

Upon your return, please head into the Rusty Bike Cafe where we will stamp your Brevet Card and present your Finisher’s Roundel. The cafe will be open for food and drinks to purchase … recommended fayre as our regular riders will attest!

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

There are loads of events happening in 2025, be part of the West London Scene Scroll down for info….

Tour de Ricky – Ride Only entries nearly sold out already, just hours remain for Early Bird entries at £12 and there will be very few £14 entries on sale, leaving only Ride and Cap packages remaining at £25. There are also places held back at £14 exclusively for finishers of our Rustynax event in February.

The Tour de Ricky is on course to sell out. Early Bird entries run until 1st January at £12. Any remaining places will be on sale at £14 from 2nd January, but when they are gone, they will be gone! Don’t miss out.

Once the regular Ride Only entries have gone, we anticipate that there will be a limited number of Ride and Cap pacakages remaining at £25, and the other option is to enter and finish the West London Cycling Rustynax event in February …. which is also nearly sold out!

The event takes place on Saturday 31st May.

ENTER HERE

ALL FINISHERS OF THE WEST LONDON RUSTYNAX RELIABILITY RIDE ON 22nd FEBRUARY ARE GUARANTEED A TOUR de RICKY PLACE

ORDER TOUR de RICKY KIT HERE

DISCOUNTED TOUR de RICKY KIT CAN BE ORDERED IN ADVANCE.

ORDERS BEFORE 5th MARCH

CAPS: £11 (£15 after 5 March)

JERSEYS £49.50 (£60 after 5 March)

TO BE COLLECTED AT THE EVENT ON THE DAY

ORDERS AFTER 5 MARCH: CAPS £15 JERSEYS £60 – WILL BE POSTED IF NOT READY FOR COLLECTION AT THE EVENT.

BARGAIN PRICES ON BOTH, THESE ARE TRADITIONAL COTTON CAPS AND THE JERSEYS ARE HIGH QUALITY KALAS SPINN (at almost half retail price for early orders and over 30% off for later orders)

 

At the sign on, riders can enter a prize draw, which will be drawn whilst riders are out on the course, so that the lucky winners can collect their prizes when they finish. Prizes not collected on the day will be forfeited.

One NEWLANE FOLDING COMMUTER CYCLING HELMET

One TAILFIN TOP TUBE BAG

Three 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO RIDE WITH GPS

Fifteen 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO ONLINE CYCLING PLATFORM BIKETERRA

One PACK OF PRO CYCLING TRUMPS PLAYING CARDS.

We are continuing the theme of a cycling festival for the communities of West Hertfordshire and West London. There will be a Finisher’s Roundel for eveyone completing one of the three routes, You will be able to switch routes on the day if you feel more, or less, ambitious.

Look out for all the cycling related stalls at the start line …. it’s a special day!

FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES, FAMILY FUN AND MORE ON THE DAY

There will be ongoing activities at Woodoaks Farm whilst the riders are exploring the hinterland, so bring the family along for a great day out at Woodoaks Farm.

Details of activities to be announced, but the Tea Shack will have delicious fayre on sale and Creative Juices Brewing Company Bar will be serving their excellent beers for you to enjoy.

We will be adding prizes and organising games throughout the day, the kids should certainly enjoy a game or two of Pro Cycling Trumps … an excellent card game for all the family.

Half of Tour de Ricky places sold in first few days – Early Bird prices end on 1st January … Don’t miss out!

Within a few days of going on sale on Christmas Eve, 100s of people have already entered the Tour de Ricky and it is on course to sell out. Early Bird entries run until 1st January at £12. Any remaining places will be on sale at £14 from 2nd January, but when they are gone, they will be gone! Don’t miss out.

The event takes place on Saturday 31st May.

ENTER HERE

ALL FINISHERS OF THE WEST LONDON RUSTYNAX RELIABILITY RIDE ON 22nd FEBRUARY ARE GUARANTEED A TOUR de RICKY PLACE

ORDER TOUR de RICKY KIT HERE

DISCOUNTED TOUR de RICKY KIT CAN BE ORDERED IN ADVANCE.

ORDERS BEFORE 5th MARCH

CAPS: £11 (£15 after 5 March)

JERSEYS £49.50 (£60 after 5 March)

TO BE COLLECTED AT THE EVENT ON THE DAY

ORDERS AFTER 5 MARCH: CAPS £15 JERSEYS £60 – WILL BE POSTED IF NOT READY FOR COLLECTION AT THE EVENT.

BARGAIN PRICES ON BOTH, THESE ARE TRADITIONAL COTTON CAPS AND THE JERSEYS ARE HIGH QUALITY KALAS SPINN (at almost half retail price for early orders and over 30% off for later orders)

 

At the sign on, riders can enter a prize draw, which will be drawn whilst riders are out on the course, so that the lucky winners can collect their prizes when they finish. Prizes not collected on the day will be forfeited.

One NEWLANE FOLDING COMMUTER CYCLING HELMET

One TAILFIN TOP TUBE BAG

Three 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO RIDE WITH GPS

Fifteen 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO ONLINE CYCLING PLATFORM BIKETERRA

One PACK OF PRO CYCLING TRUMPS PLAYING CARDS.

We are continuing the theme of a cycling festival for the communities of West Hertfordshire and West London. There will be a Finisher’s Roundel for eveyone completing one of the three routes, You will be able to switch routes on the day if you feel more, or less, ambitious.

Look out for all the cycling related stalls at the start line …. it’s a special day!

FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES, FAMILY FUN AND MORE ON THE DAY

There will be ongoing activities at Woodoaks Farm whilst the riders are exploring the hinterland, so bring the family along for a great day out at Woodoaks Farm.

Details of activities to be announced, but the Tea Shack will have delicious fayre on sale and Creative Juices Brewing Company Bar will be serving their excellent beers for you to enjoy.

We will be adding prizes and organising games throughout the day, the kids should certainly enjoy a game or two of Pro Cycling Trumps … an excellent card game for all the family.

If you got a new bike for Xmas, you’ll need a Tour de Ricky entry to get the best use out of it. If you didn’t get a new bike for Xmas then you’ll need a Tour de Ricky entry to show your relatives that you deserve one

If you got a new bike for Xmas, you’ll need a Tour de Ricky entry to get the best use out of it. If you didn’t get a new bike for Xmas then you’ll need a Tour de Ricky entry to show your relatives that you deserve one!

TO RECEIVE NOTIFICATIONS AND REGISTER YOUR INTEREST IN THE TOUR de RICKY – REGISTER HERE

ENTER HERE

ALL FINISHERS OF THE WEST LONDON RUSTYNAX RELIABILITY RIDE ON 22nd FEBRUARY ARE GUARANTEED A TOUR de RICKY PLACE

ORDER TOUR de RICKY KIT HERE

DISCOUNTED TOUR de RICKY KIT CAN BE ORDERED IN ADVANCE.

ORDERS BEFORE 5th MARCH

CAPS: £11 (£15 after 5 March)

JERSEYS £49.50 (£60 after 5 March)

TO BE COLLECTED AT THE EVENT ON THE DAY

ORDERS AFTER 5 MARCH: CAPS £15 JERSEYS £60 – WILL BE POSTED IF NOT READY FOR COLLECTION AT THE EVENT.

BARGAIN PRICES ON BOTH, THESE ARE TRADITIONAL COTTON CAPS AND THE JERSEYS ARE HIGH QUALITY KALAS SPINN (at almost half retail price for early orders and over 30% off for later orders)

At the sign on, riders can enter a prize draw, which will be drawn whilst riders are out on the course, so that the lucky winners can collect their prizes when they finish. Prizes not collected on the day will be forfeited.

One NEWLANE FOLDING COMMUTER CYCLING HELMET

One TAILFIN TOP TUBE BAG

Three 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO RIDE WITH GPS

Fifteen 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO ONLINE CYCLING PLATFORM BIKETERRA

One PACK OF PRO CYCLING TRUMPS PLAYING CARDS.

We are continuing the theme of a cycling festival for the communities of West Hertfordshire and West London. There will be a Finisher’s Roundel for eveyone completing one of the three routes, You will be able to switch routes on the day if you feel more, or less, ambitious.

Look out for all the cycling related stalls at the start line …. it’s a special day!

FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES, FAMILY FUN AND MORE ON THE DAY

There will be ongoing activities at Woodoaks Farm whilst the riders are exploring the hinterland, so bring the family along for a great day out at Woodoaks Farm.

Details of activities to be announced, but the Tea Shack will have delicious fayre on sale and Creative Juices Brewing Company Bar will be serving their excellent beers for you to enjoy.

We will be adding prizes and organising games throughout the day, the kids should certainly enjoy a game or two of Pro Cycling Trumps … an excellent card game for all the family.

Festive 500 starts Tuesday 24th December (Xmas Eve) at 8am from the Polish War Memorial (anyone can ride)

Although the route is 147km long, it can be shortened by missing out one or two of the loops if the weather is bad or you need to get back home.

NOTE: At 36.7km the route splits to the left, at 41.4km you will pass the cafe at Ferneygrove Farm for the first time, then at 42.7 you turn right to do the middle loop for the first time. This means you pass the cafe again at 56km, 70.5, 80.4 as you do this loop 3.5 times. You do part of it again on the way back, passing the cafe at 106km. 

Cafe is: Fernygrove Farm at Hawthorn Hill

JOIN THE RWGPS FESTIVE 500 CHALLENGE GROUP HERE

 

CONTACT US

 

 

HOW TO ACHIEVE THE AWARD……. £7 entry to cover the cost of Roundels (Pay and Sign Up abovePlease Contact Us for more details and join the RWGPS group (see below).

 

Initially, you will be able to join th RWGPS Festive 500 Challenge Group yourself here but around December 23rd we will remove those whom haven’t paid to enter.

 

 

Smash out some rides over the 8 day period from Christmas Eve to New Year’s Eve, recording your rides as usual (setting your device to upload to RWGPS)….. but as Rapha no longer issue badges, the way to get your hands on this collectible roundel is to do the Festive 500 Challenge with WEST LONDON CYCLING

 

The challenge is to ride 500km over 8 days from Christmas Eve to New Years Eve. You need to record your rides and upload to RWGPS and, yes, indoor rides do count!

 

FOR MORE INFO PLEASE CONTACT US

 

THE RWGPS CHALLENGE FESTIVE 500 CLUB IS HERE (PAID INVITEES ONLY FROM 23 DECEMBER)

 

We have to restrict access to the RWGPS Challenge Club as we were getting people joining who were unlikely to be participating, but we would like to open it up for viewing during the 8 days, so watch this space.

 

We will always acknowledge how Rapha developed this, but they stopped doing the badges and it isn’t quite the same. We understand why, commecially it is expensive and we have created our own badges too in recent years. But it needs to pay for itself so we had to, like Rapha, reassess it.

 

We took a fresh look at this on behalf of the West London Cycling Community (and beyond) and we think that a nominal entry fee (£7) and an awards ceremony on the final day at THe Coy Carp in Harefield where the final ride finishes, might be a way of bringing the Festive 500 back to the adventure and fun it should be at a grass routes, non-commercial, level. If you are not aware, the challenge is to ride 500km starting on Christmas Eve (24 December) and finishing by New Year’s Eve (31 December).

 

500 kilometres. Eight days……. yeah! You can do it.

Over the last 13 years, more than half a million participants have ridden the Rapha challenge, you can be part of the legend too. If you are up for it in 2024, why not Join us?

Started in 2010, the goal of Rapha’s original Festive 500 was to keep us riding throughout the festive period, recording our rides. Rapha are not offering a ‘Roundel’ (sew on patch thingy) any more but you could still obtain one by completing their challenge with WEST LONDON CYCLING.

The challenge is simple in theory but often tough in practice: ride your bike for a total of 500km between Christmas Eve and New Year’s Eve and sync your rides to RWGPS.

We are even offering you a bit more modern flexibility too. Whereas to complete Rapha’s original challenge all rides had to be be outdoors, we will accept virtual rides if properly recorded. We would expect you to complete the majority of rides outdoors of course, but if there is deep snow, you can still complete our part of the challenge and qualify for our commemorative Roundel..

The exclusive roundel, will be an essential addition to the collection for past participants and a wonderful and prestigious souvenir for first timers.

 

Here are the routes we have scheduled and all will start at 9am at the Polish War Memorial … although the Christms Day one is a little earlier at 7.30am with Boxing Day at 8am (to enable you to squeeze in a ride before family committments if possible) and routes may change if the weather is bad and a different ride is more suitable. We may also delay start times on icy mornings but remember that you can clock up your 500km on a smart trainer too. We will monitor it on RWGPS, so be sure to upload your rides. You do not need to do the 500km on our rides, but to get the badge you will need to pay and sign up to a RWGPS group where we can see your rides.

 

   TUESDAY 24th DECEMBER 2024 8.00am Festive 500 Ride Christmas Eve Ride 147km

 

   WEDNESDAY 25th DECEMBER 2024 7.30am Festive 500 Ride Xmas Day Morning Mission 47km

 

   THURSDAY 26th DECEMBER 2024 8.00am Festive 500 Ride Boxing Day Morning Ride 70km

 

   FRIDAY 27th DECEMBER 2024 9am Festive 500 Ride Xmas Fat Burner 79km

 

   SATURDAY 28th DECEMBER 2024 9.00am Festive 500 Ride Flech Flashride to Box Hill 112km

 

    SUNDAY29th DECEMBER 2024 9am Polish War Memorial Route OPTION ONE: The Wraysbury Way 62km OPTIONTWO: The Wraysbury Crimp 72km (Part of the Festive 500 Series) Cafe Stop Burnham Beeches

 

   MONDAY 30th DECEMBER 2024 9.00am Festive 500 Ride 75km for the Festive 500 75km

 

   TUESDAY 31st DECEMBER 9.00am Festive 500 Ride Coy Carp Added Caper 67km

 

  

 

THE FESTIVE 500

 

Here are a few local rides if you need some inspiration (Ride them any time on any day you choose although we will be running group rides from the Polish war Memorial (A40 Ruislip / Norholt) over the period. Check our upcoming Rides / Excursion Versions for details):

 

FROM 2024 YOU WILL NEED TO JOIN THE WEST LONDON CYCLING RIDE WITH GPS CLUB ACCOUNT (IT’S FREE) TO ACCESS ROUTES – JOIN HERE

 

 

 

 

Biketerra gets fresh, festive and fun as West London Cycling’s Race 8 sees the series leaders battle for points

Biketerra gets fresh festive and fun as West London Cycling’s Race 8 sees the series leaders battle for points

The joy of roots events is that the cyclists form a community, with RGT and now Biketera the organisers personalise the routes based on real places without Disney-style scenery. Also, if you were there at the start, you can dine out for years telling people.

Just 8 weeks ago, Biketerra ran it’s first ever race, West London’s race 1.1 and the creators have responded after every event, evolving the app and listening to riders …. it’s a community. That they went and especially created West London Cycling’s race 1,8 a snow theme speaks volumes about the people behind Biketerra. We didn’t even know ourselves and it was brilliant … thank you Biketerra, we’ve never seen Staines looking so pretty!

In Race 1.8 Jeppe Snaever took the points ahead of Anders Ostergaard with, in what is a great persoanl achievement, our very own Stu Thorn taking third just ahead of series leader Wouter Claes. There were a few glitches and we have to give Karl-Axel Zander Persson a really special mention for an epic ride to take 5th place after being left behind early on … well done Karl!

With the next two Wednesdays landing on Festive Hlidays, we’ll be back on Wednesday 8th January at 19.00pm UK Time when the action will resume.  ENTER HERE: https://biketerra.com/events/102

We’re giving away Christmas Points on Biketerra on Wednesday 18th December at 19.00pm UK Time …. get into online riding the West London Cyclying way …. Ho, ho, ho, it’s the way to go!

It’s Xmas Party Time with West London Cycling’s Biketerra Bash on Wednesday 18th December before we take a two week breay (returning on 8th January). Horton H2O rides around a lot of water, as the name suggests. It’s a flat course, near London’s Heathrow Airport ….. kinda what you need just ahead of the ‘holiday season’. .

Biketerra is new and not anywhere near being the finished article but is the real deal in a way that RGT never got close too (and we love RGT), and ZWooshers could only dream of.

At West London Cycling, we have a tradition of 16km races online and couldn’t find a platform worthy of our style. Biketerra has rescued us, and you. If you take a look at the pedigree names who have bought in at this really early stage, you’ll soon realise that although Biketerra may not be the finnished article, you are already missing out on the next hot thing … are you Avant Garde, or After the Goldrush? Be Kool, get in now with the movers and shakers.

Best of 10, with 9 races left, every Wednesday on Biketerra at 19.00pm UK Time.

ENTER HERE

Wednesday 18th December 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra … where else?

FULL SERIES DETAILS HERE

SPOILER ALERT: No ‘Bells and Whistles’. Sequins and disco lights also not available but yo’ gonna’ sweat like it’s a danceloor!

Less than a week to go: Tour de Ricky Entries open online at 8am Tuesday 24th December … Earlybird entries at just £12

TO RECEIVE NOTIFICATIONS AND REGISTER YOUR INTEREST IN THE TOUR de RICKY – REGISTER HERE

ENTER HERE

ALL FINISHERS OF THE WEST LONDON RUSTYNAX RELIABILITY RIDE ON 22nd FEBRUARY ARE GUARANTEED A TOUR de RICKY PLACE

ORDER TOUR de RICKY KIT HERE

DISCOUNTED TOUR de RICKY KIT CAN BE ORDERED IN ADVANCE.

ORDERS BEFORE 5th MARCH

CAPS: £11 (£15 after 5 March)

JERSEYS £49.50 (£60 after 5 March)

TO BE COLLECTED AT THE EVENT ON THE DAY

ORDERS AFTER 5 MARCH: CAPS £15 JERSEYS £60 – WILL BE POSTED IF NOT READY FOR COLLECTION AT THE EVENT.

BARGAIN PRICES ON BOTH, THESE ARE TRADITIONAL COTTON CAPS AND THE JERSEYS ARE HIGH QUALITY KALAS SPINN (at almost half retail price for early orders and over 30% off for later orders)

At the sign on, riders can enter a prize draw, which will be drawn whilst riders are out on the course, so that the lucky winners can collect their prizes when they finish. Prizes not collected on the day will be forfeited.

One NEWLANE FOLDING COMMUTER CYCLING HELMET

One TAILFIN TOP TUBE BAG

Three 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO RIDE WITH GPS

Fifteen 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO ONLINE CYCLING PLATFORM BIKETERRA

One PACK OF PRO CYCLING TRUMPS PLAYING CARDS.

We are continuing the theme of a cycling festival for the communities of West Hertfordshire and West London. There will be a Finisher’s Roundel for eveyone completing one of the three routes, You will be able to switch routes on the day if you feel more, or less, ambitious.

Look out for all the cycling related stalls at the start line …. it’s a special day!

FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES, FAMILY FUN AND MORE ON THE DAY

There will be ongoing activities at Woodoaks Farm whilst the riders are exploring the hinterland, so bring the family along for a great day out at Woodoaks Farm.

Details of activities to be announced, but the Tea Shack will have delicious fayre on sale and Creative Juices Brewing Company Bar will be serving their excellent beers for you to enjoy.

We will be adding prizes and organising games throughout the day, the kids should certainly enjoy a game or two of Pro Cycling Trumps … an excellent card game for all the family.

Ride WLC kit orders … 24 hour window closes midnight Monday 16th December … don’t miss out, these caused a stir on the Group Ride on Sunday and this will be your one chance to get this Routes & Culture WLC special

These West London Cycling Specials caused a bit of a stir when they appeared on the Club Ride on 15 December, so we’ve taken note of all the people who wanted to order one and there is a very short window of opportunity to buy a Winter Jersey, MTB Jersey, Spinn or Stripes Road Jersey or a Gilet … THESE ITEMS WILL BE TAKEN OFF THE SHOP LIST AT MIDNIGHT ON MONDAY 16th DECEMBER.

VISIT THE CLUB SHOP HERE

Y’all invited: Biketerra Xmas Party with West London Cycling – Wednesday 18th December at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra … on the Horton H20 course (16km flat)

It’s Xmas Party Time at West London Biketera on Wednesday 18th December before we take a two week breay (returning on 8th January). Horton H2O rides around a lot of water, as the name suggests. It’s a flat course, near London’s Heathrow Airport ….. kinda what you need just ahead of the ‘holiday season’. .

Biketerra is new and not anywhere near being the finished article but is the real deal in a way that RGT never got close too (and we love RGT), and ZWooshers could only dream of.

At West London Cycling, we have a tradition of 16km races online and couldn’t find a platform worthy of our style. Biketerra has rescued us, and you. If you take a look at the pedigree names who have bought in at this really early stage, you’ll soon realise that although Biketerra may not be the finnished article, you are already missing out on the next hot thing … are you Avant Garde, or After the Goldrush? Be Kool, get in now with the movers and shakers.

Best of 10, with 9 races left, every Wednesday on Biketerra at 19.00pm UK Time.

ENTER HERE

Wednesday 18th December 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra … where else?

FULL SERIES DETAILS HERE

SPOILER ALERT: No ‘Bells and Whistles’. Sequins and disco lights also not available but yo’ gonna’ sweat like it’s a danceloor!

CURRENT SERIES STANDINGS

It’s selling out really fast, and places just ain’t gonna last, don’t be hesitant or lax, just enter the Rustynax

When they are gone, they are gone, and although we are exploring expanding capacity, it will be limited so make sure you have your entry in soon for the 22nd February Spring Classic we call the Rustynax.

Starts from the Rusty Bike Cafe Uxbridge, West London, Satrurday 22nd February….. Enter now or risk being stuck at home watching TV!

If you want a summer sports belly, don’t watch winter telly!

The start and finish are at the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge, UB8 2UW. If you are not riding to the start, there is pleanty of town centre parking (paying) or frequent trains on the Metropolitan and Piccadilly Lines to Uxbridge Station, a 5 minute ride away.

As this is an Audax Style event, you will need a device to navigate with, we will send all riders a GPX file during the week leading up to the event. You need to be at least 16 years old on the day to enter.

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

BEFORE THE RIDE

We will send out route GPX files, digital route sheets, instructions by email approximately one week before the event. You need to download the GPX files onto your bike computer (eg Wahoo, Garmin, Hammerhead, Bryton etc). This will be your navigation for the route, there will be no roadside signs. Please have a look at the manual routesheet, even if you don’t intend to use it, because it does highlight some aspects of thec route that are worth beng aware of. Garmin users can download using Garmin Connect whilst Wahoo users can upload via the phone app or by syncing with Strava / RWGPS etc.

YOU MAY CHOOSE TO DOWNLOAD BOTH ROUTES AS YOU CAN SWITCH ROUTES ON THE DAY.

GETTING THERE

BY BIKE – We are expecting a lot of local riders to ride to the start, you can enter Fassnidge Park from the Slough Road via Rockingham Parade. There is another gate at the start of Oxford Road near the Town Centre Roundabout where it meets the Harefield Road. The cafe will be visible from the Oxford Road entrance, whilst from Rockingham Parade enter the park by the Recycle A Bike premises.

BY TRAIN – You can take your bike on any part of the Metropolitan Line, so you could pick it up anywhere from Aldgate, Kings Cross, Euston, Baker Street, Wembley, Harrow etc and travel to Uxbridge. The cafe is a 5 minute ride away. You can take your bike on the Piccadilly Line from Barons Court outwards … you may need to change to the Metropolitamn Line at Rayners Lane. Other possibilities are the Central Line to West Ruislip, or Elizabeth Line to West Drayton and then cycle to Uxbridge. There is a full guide to taking your bike on the tube via the link below.

TAKING YOUR BIKE ON THE TUBE GUIDE

BY CAR – Uxbridge is a shopping destination so has various car parks including the convenient Cedars Car Park or Grainges Car Park. It may prove expensive, although there are discounts if you are a resident of Hillingdon Borough. For non residents, up to 5 hours is £5.60, up to 8 hours is £8.60. It may be preferable to park further away and cycle a kilometre or so to the start.

AT THE START

We will issue you with a Brevet Card, Routesheet and Frame sticker. You just need to get the card stamped at the control point. There will be free instant coffee and basic tea but you can also buy food and more exotic beverage from the Rusty Bike Cafe.

DURING THE RIDE

You will navigate via the GPX file on your bike computer device. However, we will also provide a printed routesheet as a back up should you device fail etc.

Midway though your ride you will reach the Burnham Beeches ECO Cafe (situated in Burnham Beeches). There will be a West London Cycling official at one of the tables, who will stamp your Brevet Card as proof of passage. This is crucial as you’ll need to show this at the finish in order to receive your Finisher’s Roundel.

Most of the roads are reasonable but there are rough parts and potholes, just like anywhere in the UK at this time of year. Some lanes may have standing water and puddles but we test ride the routes in advance, and these should not prove a severe hindrance.

This is a Reliability Ride so there is no support vehicle, if you have to give up, then you’ll have to make your own way back. There are railway stations at Iver – Beaconsfield -Cookham/Burnham – but not directly on the route. Please use the contact number on the Brevet Card to inform us if you aren’t going to finish – it saves us waiting for you in vain.

AT THE FINISH

Upon your return, please head into the Rusty Bike Cafe where we will stamp your Brevet Card and present your Finisher’s Roundel. The cafe will be open for food and drinks to purchase … recommended fayre as our regular riders will attest!

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

There are loads of events happening in 2025, be part of the West London Scene Scroll down for info….

Rustynax 2025 Route Teasers from our October 2024 Route Test:

Vive le Velodrome … another West London Session at Lee Valley

Another great fun evening at Lee Valley on 11th December, with the excellent Nadine coaching us on the boards …. we are aiming to have another session after April 2025, watch this space.

Scroll down for Flying Lap times.

……and what it was like a few days earlier on Saturday 7th December:

Wouter Claes and Jeppe Snaever top the standings as Karl Axel Zander Persson and Dirk S dominate Race 6 …. West London’ Wednesday Series on Biketerra where the Avant Garde Race

Wouter Claes and Jeppe Snaever top the standings as Karl Axel Zander Persson and Dirk S dominate Race 6 .... West London's Wednesday Series on Biketerra where the Avant Garde Race

Be ‘Avant Garde’ and not ‘After The Gold Rush’ ; Be one of the Trendsetting Terra Terrors on Biketerra with some eRacing Royalty Riders …. Get RTG on the new RGT … Biketerra! 

A new platform, with classic vibes, early days with the adventurous online pioneers including some legendary names and riders from the RGT era …. don’t miss out on Winter 2026, get your kicks on routes we can fix.

So, Best 10 races count, 10 races left … get your Bluetooth Workin …

So far Wouter Claes and Jeppe Snaever are dominating the standings, but Karl Axel Zander Perssonand Dirk S are in the mix … More classic West London Cycling online racing awaits …. get in with the action faction tastemakers and race every Wednesday on Biketerra with West London Cycling.

CHECK THE SERIES SO FAR AND ADD YOUR NAME TO THE RIDER ROYALTY LIST FOR Wednesday 11th September at 19.00pm 

Tour de Ricky … Register your interst now, Entries open on Christmas Eve, December 24th at 8am on British Cycling

Tour de Ricky ... Register your interst now, Entries open on Christmas Eve, Tuesday December 24th at 8am on the British Cycling Website

It’s the big 2025 event in London’s North West Hinterland and with no Ride London it’s time to discover riding outside of Surrey and Essex and hit Hertfordshire, Buckinghamshire, Northamptonshire and Oxfordshire  … more county bounty than any Ride London! Just £14 entry including finisher’s roundel, with Early Bird entries over the Festive period …. REGISTER YOUR INTEREST NOW!

The West London Online Races Series Take Off

The RGT vibe is back and RTG (Ready To Go) with West London VR every Wednesday at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra.

Organiser Dave Morrison has promised to sit this one out so that the race for the championship can open up in earnest … so let the series begin. With your best 10 results counting and 11 races to go, anyone can win.

Biketerra brings back that ‘Made to Measure’ course creation which means you aren’t racing the same old world every time … routes are tailored to our style, vibe and series variation …. it’s all good on Biketerra.

These are early days and Biketerra will get better, but it is the best thing to hit online e-Racing since RGT and looks set to surpass RGT in the future … 

Get in now at the start, be a Johnny Came Greatly …. adventurous supporters of innovation welcome:

Don’t be dull, be daring!

Rustynax almost 60% sold out … ENTER NOW for the 22nd February West London Reliability Ride … your local season starter!

With the Rustynax nearly 60% sold out already, we recommend you enter soon. We will explore the possibility of increasing capacity but this is not guaranteed and will require some logistical planning. SO ENTER NOW WHILST YOU CERTAINLY CAN!

We have devised fresh new routes for the second Spring Reliability Rides coming your way from West London Cycling Rustynax II is on Saturday 22nd February… a WLC style route designed for a winter ride, for your enjoyment. We won’t give the routes away yet, but the profile only means 550m and 380m ascent respectively so that there is plenty of flat fast roads. Scroll down for Route Profiles.

This will be an Audax style event, so you’ll get a Brevet Card which you’ll need to get stamped in Burnham Beeches and at the Rusty Bike Cafe finish, where all finishers will receive a Finisher’s Roundel/Sew On Patch

The start and finish are at the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge, UB8 2UW. If you are not riding to the start, there is pleanty of town centre parking (paying) or frequent trains on the Metropolitan and Piccadilly Lines to Uxbridge Station, a 5 minute ride away.

As this is an Audax Style event, you will need a device to navigate with, we will send all riders a GPX file during the week leading up to the event. You need to be at least 16 years old on the day to enter.

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

BEFORE THE RIDE

We will send out route GPX files, digital route sheets, instructions by email approximately one week before the event. You need to download the GPX files onto your bike computer (eg Wahoo, Garmin, Hammerhead, Bryton etc). This will be your navigation for the route, there will be no roadside signs. Please have a look at the manual routesheet, even if you don’t intend to use it, because it does highlight some aspects of thec route that are worth beng aware of. Garmin users can download using Garmin Connect whilst Wahoo users can upload via the phone app or by syncing with Strava / RWGPS etc.

YOU MAY CHOOSE TO DOWNLOAD BOTH ROUTES AS YOU CAN SWITCH ROUTES ON THE DAY.

GETTING THERE

BY BIKE – We are expecting a lot of local riders to ride to the start, you can enter Fassnidge Park from the Slough Road via Rockingham Parade. There is another gate at the start of Oxford Road near the Town Centre Roundabout where it meets the Harefield Road. The cafe will be visible from the Oxford Road entrance, whilst from Rockingham Parade enter the park by the Recycle A Bike premises.

BY TRAIN – You can take your bike on any part of the Metropolitan Line, so you could pick it up anywhere from Aldgate, Kings Cross, Euston, Baker Street, Wembley, Harrow etc and travel to Uxbridge. The cafe is a 5 minute ride away. You can take your bike on the Piccadilly Line from Barons Court outwards … you may need to change to the Metropolitamn Line at Rayners Lane. Other possibilities are the Central Line to West Ruislip, or Elizabeth Line to West Drayton and then cycle to Uxbridge. There is a full guide to taking your bike on the tube via the link below.

TAKING YOUR BIKE ON THE TUBE GUIDE

BY CAR – Uxbridge is a shopping destination so has various car parks including the convenient Cedars Car Park or Grainges Car Park. It may prove expensive, although there are discounts if you are a resident of Hillingdon Borough. For non residents, up to 5 hours is £5.60, up to 8 hours is £8.60. It may be preferable to park further away and cycle a kilometre or so to the start.

AT THE START

We will issue you with a Brevet Card, Routesheet and Frame sticker. You just need to get the card stamped at the control point. There will be free instant coffee and basic tea but you can also buy food and more exotic beverage from the Rusty Bike Cafe.

DURING THE RIDE

You will navigate via the GPX file on your bike computer device. However, we will also provide a printed routesheet as a back up should you device fail etc.

Midway though your ride you will reach the Burnham Beeches ECO Cafe (situated in Burnham Beeches). There will be a West London Cycling official at one of the tables, who will stamp your Brevet Card as proof of passage. This is crucial as you’ll need to show this at the finish in order to receive your Finisher’s Roundel.

Most of the roads are reasonable but there are rough parts and potholes, just like anywhere in the UK at this time of year. Some lanes may have standing water and puddles but we test ride the routes in advance, and these should not prove a severe hindrance.

This is a Reliability Ride so there is no support vehicle, if you have to give up, then you’ll have to make your own way back. There are railway stations at Iver – Beaconsfield -Cookham/Burnham – but not directly on the route. Please use the contact number on the Brevet Card to inform us if you aren’t going to finish – it saves us waiting for you in vain.

AT THE FINISH

Upon your return, please head into the Rusty Bike Cafe where we will stamp your Brevet Card and present your Finisher’s Roundel. The cafe will be open for food and drinks to purchase … recommended fayre as our regular riders will attest!

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

There are loads of events happening in 2025, be part of the West London Scene Scroll down for info….

Rustynax 2025 Route Teasers from our October 2024 Route Test:

West London VR Biketerra 1.6 RTG

The RGT vibe is back and RTG (Ready To Go) with West London VR every Wednesday at 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra.

Biketerra brings back that ‘Made to Measure’ course creation which means you aren’t racing the same old world every time … routes are tailored to our style, vibe and series variation …. it’s all good on Biketerra.

These are early days and Biketerra will get better, but it is the best thing to hit online e-Racing since RGT and looks set to surpass RGT in the future … 

Get in now at the start, be a Johnny Came Greatly …. adventurous supporters of innovation welcome:

Don’t be dull, be daring!

WLC Race 1.5 Coy Carp Classic Wednesday 27 November 2024

West London Cycling online has Coy Carp on the line .... a real life West London cycling venue with a moderate hill awaits the Terra Terrors riding on Wednesday 27 November 19.00pm UK Time on Biketerra

With Biketerra enabling us to bring real life roads to your online cycling screen, we are delighted to announce that on 27 November we feature a real life venue, run by actual West London Cycling members THE COY CARP! An beautiful restaurant in a great setting, we have real life rides that end there and they hosted our summer bike jumble.

But on 27 November, it will be a virtual visit as riders fly past just before Harefield Hill, a moderate climb that could determine the race.

With just 12 races left in our Wednesday evening series, and your best 10 results counting, now’s the time to become a Terra Terror with West London Cycling and Biketerra.

Tour de Ricky venue featuring on BBC’s Countryfile on Sunday 1 December

Tour de Ricky HQ to be featured in BBC's Countryfile Sunday 1st December at 5.20pm

Woodoaks Farm in Maple Cross, the HQ for the Tour de Ricky on Saturday 31st March will be featured in this week’s BBC Countryfile programme. Why not take a look at what goes on in the Soil Association’s flagship farm …. we wonder if they’ll be featuring the brewery?

Tour de Ricky sponsor features in the Sunday Times Gift Guide 2024 … and you can win one at the Tou

Tour de Ricky sponsor features in the Sunday Times Gift Guide 2024 ... and you can win one at the Tour de Ricky 2025

TOUR DE RICKY ENTRIES OPEN ON 24 DECEMBER AT 8am VIA BRITISH CYCLING

REGISTER YOUR INTEREST HERE

Sunday Times readers will have enjoyed reading about the new Newlane Folding Cycling Helmet, recommended in the seasonal Gift Guide for 2024. 

We are delighted that as Newlane are one of the Tour de Ricky sponsors for 2025, all riders stand a chance of winning one!

Newlane Helmet Black Friday

At the sign on, riders can enter a prize draw, which will be drawn whilst riders are out on the course, so that the lucky winners can collect their prizes when they finish. Prizes not collected on the day will be forfeited.

One NEWLANE FOLDING COMMUTER CYCLING HELMET

One TAILFIN TOP TUBE BAG

Three 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO RIDE WITH GPS

Fifteen 1 YEAR PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTIONS TO ONLINE CYCLING PLATFORM BIKETERRA

One PACK OF PRO CYCLING TRUMPS PLAYING CARDS.

West London Cycling in Biketerra … join the evolution!

West London Cycling on Biketerra ... it's growing, come and join the evolution!

Biketerra’s gettin’ busy and with 12 races left of 16 left in the West London Cycling Series, and the best 10 counting, you need to be in this Wednesday’s race at 7pm on Biketerra … join the Terra Terors every Wednesday at 19.00pm UK Time with West London Cycling ….

ENTER HERE:

CURRENT STANDINGS:

West London Cyclings Wednesday Online Racing – latest standings and Wednesday 20th November entry links

CURRENT STANDINGS – SERIES IS BASED ON YOUR BEST 10 RESULTS WITH 13 RACES LEFT

NEXT RACE: WEDNESDAY 20th NOVEMBER 19.00pm UK Time

ENTER HERE

20th NOVEMBER 2024 Right On Brighton Pavillion (93)

27th NOVEMBER 2024 Coy Carp Classic (94)

4th December 2024 Marlow Maiden (95)

11th December 2024 Wendover Woods (96)

18th December 2024 Horton H2O (97)

8th January 2025 Windsor Park Polo (102)

15th January 2025 Cream of the Chalfonts (104)

22nd January 2025 Jolly Antig’wan (105)

29th January 2025 Gorges du Cians (106)

5th February 2025 Hi Lo Pompey (107)

12th February 2025 Battle of Little Britain (116)

19th February 2025 Fifield 10 Miler (117)

26th February 2025 La Croisetterra (118)

JOIN WEST LONDON CYCLING on BIKETERRA…

WLC announces Bikterra Series One … Join the Pioneers, be part of the birth of Biketerra, it’s for Johnny Come Greatly, not Johnny Come Lately!

As you will know, when it comes to Magic Roads, West London Cycling have a pedigree, having had some amazing times in RGT from its early days, and now those wonderful days are on the cusp of a return with Biketera.

We thought we’d run a fewtest rides but, evan allowing for its infancy, it is too good to keep informal … so a series is on. Not everyone can do every race, so it is best of 10 races, there will be 16 races up to 27th February 2025 and three have already happened … you’d better signup now!

THERE’S ONLY ONE WEST LONDON CYCLING … WEDNESAYS AT 7pm ON BIKETERRA IS WHERE THE ACTION IS …

IT’S NOT A FULLY FINISHED PLATFORM, BUT DON’T MISS OUT ON BEING A PIONEER … IT’S FOR JOHNNY COME GREATLY, NOT JOHNNY COME LATELY!

We will develop this as we go along, and we do hope to recreate the wonderful Ladies League concept we created in RGT

TRY IT YOURSELF:

13th NOVEMBER 2024 Box Hill BikeTerra (72)

20th NOVEMBER 2024 Right On Brighton Pavillion (93)

27th NOVEMBER 2024 Coy Carp Classic (94)

4th December 2024 Marlow Maiden (95)

11th December 2024 Wendover Woods (96)

18th December 2024 Horton H2O (97)

8th January 2025 Windsor Park Polo (102)

15th January 2025 Cream of the Chalfonts (104)

22nd January 2025 Jolly Antig’wan (105)

29th January 2025 Gorges du Cians (106)

5th February 2025 Hi Lo Pompey (107)

12th February 2025 Battle of Little Britain (116)

19th February 2025 Fifield 10 Miler (117)

26th February 2025 La Croisetterra (118)

CURRENT CLASSIFICATIONS

RACES SO FAR:

30th OCTOBER 2024 All Quiet on the Western Avenue (62)

6th NOVEMBER 2024 The WEB Race (Windsor Eton Bray) (69)

13th NOVEMBER 2024 Box Hill BikeTerra (72)

20th NOVEMBER 2024 Right On Brighton Pavillion (93)

27th NOVEMBER 2024 Coy Carp Classic (94)

4th DECEMBER 2024 Marlow Maiden (95)

11th DECEMBER 2024 Wendover Woods (96)

18th DECEMBER 2024 Horton H2O (97)

8th JANUARY 2025 Windsor Park Polo (102)

15th JANUARY 2025 Cream of the Chalfonts (104)

22nd JANUARY 2025 Jolly Antig’wan (105)

29th January 2025 Gorges du Cians (106)

5th February 2025 Hi Lo Pompey (107)

12th February 2025 Battle of Little Britain (116)

19th February 2025 Fifield 10 Miler (117)

26th February 2025 La Croisetterra (118)

Tour de Ricky 2025 Early Bird Entries go on sale on 24th December at 8am … don’t miss out

QUICK LINKS:

ROUTES …… GETTING THERE …… BADGES …… CAPS …… FESTIVAL OF CYCLING …… WOODOAKS FARM …… SPOKES …… WATFORD CYCLE HUB …… NEWLANE FOLDING CYCLE HELMETS …… PRO-CYCLING TRUMPS …… KALAS CYCLING KIT ……TEA SHACK …… CREATIVE JUICES BREWING …… VOLUNTEER

ENTER HERE

ALL FINISHERS OF THE WEST LONDON RUSTYNAX RELIABILITY RIDE ON 22nd FEBRUARY ARE GUARANTEED A TOUR de RICKY PLACE

FIRST 100 ENTRANTS WILL BE ENTERED IN A PRIZE DRAW FOR A NEWLANE FOLDING CYCLING HELMET (COLLECTABLE ON THE DAY)

We are continuing the theme of a cycling festival for the communities of West Hertfordshire and West London. There will be a Finisher’s Roundel for eveyone completing one of the three routes, You will be able to switch routes on the day if you feel more, or less, ambitious.

Look out for all the cycling related stalls at the start line …. it’s a special day!

FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES, FAMILY FUN AND MORE ON THE DAY

There will be ongoing activities at Woodoaks Farm whilst the riders are exploring the hinterland, so bring the family along for a great day out at Woodoaks Farm.

Details of activities to be announced, but the Tea Shack will have delicious fayre on sale and Creative Juices Brewing Company Bar will be serving their excellent beers for you to enjoy.

We will be adding prizes and organising games throughout the day, the kids should certainly enjoy a game or two of Pro Cycling Trumps … an excellent card game for all the family.

Get involved – Volunteers keep the local community alive!

If you’re interested, email Dave Morrison, the organiser: dave.morrisonR@gmail.com or contact West London Cycling here or via the ‘CONTACT US‘ link above in the menu at the top of the page.

LIAM FITZPATRICK + WEST LONDON CYCLING

WEST LONDON CYCLING RUSTYNAX RIDES

WEST LONDON CYCLING RANDONAX RIDES

SPOKES -TRY A GUIDED RIDE (TBC)

Spokes Cycling Group

WATFORD CYCLE HUB (TBC)

Watford Cycle Hub

WOODOAKS FARM

Woodoaks Farm – Growing Together

THE TEA SHACK

 The Tea Shack 

CREATIVE JUICES BREWING COMPANY

Creative Juices Brewing Company 

KALAS – QUALITY CYCLE CLOTHING

KALAS SPORTSWEAR

NEWLANE FOLDING CYCLE HELMETS

THE HELMET THAT FITS INTO YOUR LIFE AND BAG Foldable. Packable. Safe

PRO-CYCLING TRUMPS

The family card game for all cyclists

GETTING THERE

ROUTES & CULTURE: THE WEST LONDON COLLECTABLE BADGES VOGUE STORY

Collecting West London Cycling Badges and Mudguard Stickers is becoming increasingly en vogue. Although we occasionally give away generic stickers at Sunday Club Rides, most badges and Stickers must be earned by completing events such and the Rustynax and Randonax events (February and August respectively).

To have collected every badge and sticker would have meant you were around in the early days of West London Cycling when we ran some of the biggest weekly online races around, that is until until Wahoo managed to close the best online racing platform down (RGT) … all our races were based on local routes and attracted racers from all around the world.

West London Cycling is a forward thinking club and we moved on, growing into a large local cycling club running many ‘in real life’ cycling events. Some of these prestigeous events come with very collecable trophies in te form of Roundels, sew on patches or badges, depending on what you prefer to call them. Most events also come with a reflective mudguard sticker too.

There have been 5 collectable Roundels to date including the original 21 Done badge for online racers completing 21 races (these were shipped around the world!). Since then, there have been 3 Randonax Rides on August Bank Holiday Mondays, The Spring Rustynax Ride (Next Edition 22 February 2025 ENTER HERE ) and the The 2023 Festive 500.

NEXT UP is the 2024 Festive 500, it’s just £7 to sign up, you can ride it whereever and whenever you like between 24 December and 31 December and record it on Strava. DETAILS HERE.

…and we have other treats in store for 2025 too:

THE WEST LONDON CYCLING 2025 CALENDAR

RUSTYNAX RIDES 2025 – YOUR 2025 SPRING IN TO ACTION CYCLING EVENT – ENTRIES NOW OPEN!

Saturday 22nd February from the Rusty Bike Cafe in Uxbridge, West London

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

A Reliability Ride event with 2 distances of 60km (380m ascent) and 83m (550m ascent) – a nice early season workout with a finisher’s roundel available for all finishers!

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

We have devised fresh new routes for the second Spring Reliability Rides coming your way from West London Cycling Rustynax II is on Saturday 22nd February… a WLC style route designed for a winter ride, for your enjoyment. We won’t give the routes away yet, but the profile only means 550m and 380m ascent respectively so that there is plenty of flat fast roads. Scroll down for Route Profiles.

This will be an Audax style event, so you’ll get a Brevet Card which you’ll need to get stamped in Burnham Beeches and at the Rusty Bike Cafe finish, where all finishers will receive a Finisher’s Roundel/Sew On Patch

The start and finish are at the Rusty Bike Cafe in Fassnidge Park, Rockingham Parade, Uxbridge, UB8 2UW. If you are not riding to the start, there is pleanty of town centre parking (paying) or frequent trains on the Metropolitan and Piccadilly Lines to Uxbridge Station, a 5 minute ride away.

As this is an Audax Style event, you will need a device to navigate with, we will send all riders a GPX file during the week leading up to the event. You need to be at least 16 years old on the day to enter.

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

BEFORE THE RIDE

We will send out route GPX files, digital route sheets, instructions by email approximately one week before the event. You need to download the GPX files onto your bike computer (eg Wahoo, Garmin, Hammerhead, Bryton etc). This will be your navigation for the route, there will be no roadside signs. Please have a look at the manual routesheet, even if you don’t intend to use it, because it does highlight some aspects of thec route that are worth beng aware of. Garmin users can download using Garmin Connect whilst Wahoo users can upload via the phone app or by syncing with Strava / RWGPS etc.

YOU MAY CHOOSE TO DOWNLOAD BOTH ROUTES AS YOU CAN SWITCH ROUTES ON THE DAY.

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

Please check your bike, this is a Reliability Ride, let’s make sure our kit is reliable! Make sure your sealant is topped up if riding Tubeless Tyres, and bring a spare Inner Tube whatever tryres you are on!

GETTING THERE

BY BIKE – We are expecting a lot of local riders to ride to the start, you can enter Fassnidge Park from the Slough Road via Rockingham Parade. There is another gate at the start of Oxford Road near the Town Centre Roundabout where it meets the Harefield Road. The cafe will be visible from the Oxford Road entrance, whilst from Rockingham Parade enter the park by the Recycle A Bike premises.

BY TRAIN – You can take your bike on any part of the Metropolitan Line, so you could pick it up anywhere from Aldgate, Kings Cross, Euston, Baker Street, Wembley, Harrow etc and travel to Uxbridge. The cafe is a 5 minute ride away. You can take your bike on the Piccadilly Line from Barons Court outwards … you may need to change to the Metropolitamn Line at Rayners Lane. Other possibilities are the Central Line to West Ruislip, or Elizabeth Line to West Drayton and then cycle to Uxbridge. There is a full guide to taking your bike on the tube via the link below.

TAKING YOUR BIKE ON THE TUBE GUIDE

BY CAR – Uxbridge is a shopping destination so has various car parks including the convenient Cedars Car Park or Grainges Car Park. It may prove expensive, although there are discounts if you are a resident of Hillingdon Borough. For non residents, up to 5 hours is £5.60, up to 8 hours is £8.60. It may be preferable to park further away and cycle a kilometre or so to the start.

AT THE START

We will issue you with a Brevet Card, Routesheet and Frame sticker. You just need to get the card stamped at the control point. There will be free instant coffee and basic tea but you can also buy food and more exotic beverage from the Rusty Bike Cafe.

DURING THE RIDE

You will navigate via the GPX file on your bike computer device. However, we will also provide a printed routesheet as a back up should you device fail etc.

Midway though your ride you will reach the Burnham Beeches ECO Cafe (situated in Burnham Beeches). There will be a West London Cycling official at one of the tables, who will stamp your Brevet Card as proof of passage. This is crucial as you’ll need to show this at the finish in order to receive your Finisher’s Roundel.

Most of the roads are reasonable but there are rough parts and potholes, just like anywhere in the UK at this time of year. Some lanes may have standing water and puddles but we test ride the routes in advance, and these should not prove a severe hindrance.

This is a Reliability Ride so there is no support vehicle, if you have to give up, then you’ll have to make your own way back. There are railway stations at Iver – Beaconsfield -Cookham/Burnham – but not directly on the route. Please use the contact number on the Brevet Card to inform us if you aren’t going to finish – it saves us waiting for you in vain.

AT THE FINISH

Upon your return, please head into the Rusty Bike Cafe where we will stamp your Brevet Card and present your Finisher’s Roundel. The cafe will be open for food and drinks to purchase … recommended fayre as our regular riders will attest!

ENTER HERE VIA BRITISH CYCLING

There are loads of events happening in 2025, be part of the West London Scene Scroll down for info….

Rustynax 2025 Route Teasers from our October 2024 Route Test:

Coming up with West London Cycling:

REGULAR EVENTS

EVERY SUNDAY 9am FROM THE POLISH WAR MEMORIAL (A40 RUISLIP NORTHOLT) REGULAR SUNDAY RIDES BETWEEN 60km & 100km see Upcoming Rides for routes

EXCURSION VERSIONS, Trips to cycle in other parts of the UK and Abroad scroll down or see Upcoming Rides for dates

S-RIDES, Saturday Specials on selected Saturdays scroll down or see Upcoming Rides for dates

PKmS (Premium Kilometres Specials) … Occasional 200km Rides scroll down or see Upcoming Rides for dates

CLUB CURRY NIGHTS, Dates to be announced see Upcoming Rides for dates

LEE VALLEY VELODROME PRIVATE MEMBERS ONLY EVENTS

SPECIAL EVENTS SCHEDULED FOR 2025:

SPECIAL RIDES

SATURDAY 22nd FEBRUARY 2025 9am from Uxbridge £10 entry The Rustynax Reliability Ride 75km

SATURDAY 29th MARCH 2025 7am from The Polish War Memorial PKmS ride PK1: STONEHENGE STONKER – a 200km Ride (Train back from Winchester) to Stonehenge

Friday 18th APRIL (EASTER) 2025 7am from the Polish War Memorial PKmS Ride PK2: A KELSIC EDUCATION – 200km, an adaptation of Pete Kelsey’s classic ride ‘A Catholic Education’

SATURDAY 10th MAY 2025 Brighton Beano

FRIDAY/SATURDAY 23rd/24th MAY 2025 Night Ride: The Rustington Rave 200km (Return by train from Brighton)

SATURDAY 31st MAY – SPECIAL EVENT TO BE ANNOUNCED

WEEKEND 5th – 9th JUNE 2025 Pyrenees Trip One (SOLD OUT)

WEEKEND 8th – 14th JUNE 2025 Pyrenees Trip Two (SOLD OUT)

SATURDAY 28th JUNE 2025 Grand Cycling Railroad 128km (An S-Ride SATURDAY SPECIAL)

3rd JULY 2025 FRANCE 2025

FRIDAY 4th JULY 2025 FRANCE 2025

SATURDAY 5th JULY 2025 FRANCE 2025

SUNDAY 6th JULY 2025 FRANCE 2025

MONDAY 7th JULY 2025 FRANCE 2025

SATURDAY 12th JULY Dunwich Dynamo 200km

WEEKEND of SUNDAY 13th JULY 2025 Etape du Tour club trip , FRANCE (TBC)

MONDAY 25th AUGUST 2025 Randonax from St.Martins Church Hall Ruislip 200km, 100km and 70km options £12 entry

SUNDAY 7th SEPTEMBER 2025 (TBC) 9am Polish War Memorial Route OPTION ONE: Saunderton without Whiteleaf 94km OPTIONTWO: Saunderton with Whiteleaf 97km ANNUAL HILL CLIMB CONTEST (USING STRAVA)

SUNDAY 2nd NOVEMBER 2025 9am Polish War Memorial Route OPTION ONE: Fat Duck Fine Riding 57km Cafe stop Rusty Bike at the end OPTIONTWO: Brighton Veteran Car Rally Run 113km Fish and Chips in Brighton, Train home.

WEDNESDAY 24th DECEMBER 2025 Festive 500 Ride Christmas Eve Ride 147km

THURSDAY 25th DECEMBER 2025 8am start Festive 500 Ride Xmas Day Morning Ride 47km

FRIDAY 26th DECEMBER 2025 8am start Festive 500 Ride Boxing Day Morning Ride 70km

SATURDAY 27th DECEMBER 2025 Festive 500 Ride Xmas Fat Burner 79km

SUNDAY 28th DECEMBER 2o25 Festive 500 Ride 9am Polish War Memorial Route OPTION ONE: TBA OPTIONTWO: TBA Part of Festive 500 Series

MONDAY29th DECEMBER 2025 ROUTE TBA

TUESDAY 30th DECEMBER 2025 Festive 500 Ride ROUTE TBA

WEDNESDAY 31st DECEMBER 2025 Festive 500 Ride Finish at Coy Carp 67km

The Winter Collection from West London Cycling

Just a teasa’ for ya!

We are currently finalising our new winter design which is predominantly grey so that spray splashes are less visible (tongue in cheek we have called it ‘Splashtech’ just because it is grey to hide splash marks)

Jerseys in Short Sleeved Spinn or Stripes material plus winter Long Sleeved Andorra Jerseys will be available. We are looking to order sometime in October so that you all have them ready for the Festive 500 over Christmas and the New Year … howzat for service?

COMING UP:

Randonax Review … your picture collection from the day

Thanks to everyone who made it such a great day at the 2024 Randonax Rides. Especially all of the helpers (David Tobin and Clan Morrison (Controls) get a special mention along with Adrian Ignat who turned up at 6am to help; plus Veena and Jana of course), Hang Pang (especially for the cakes made by Mrs Pang), Kris Igweh (First Back) and the ladies who battled in the dark to finish the 200km route (Linda, Jennifer, Saba and Zahra). Curiositea at Pitstone and Blackwells at Chipperfield for hosting controls). Rafa Nunez (an original West London Cyclonaut who’d moved from London), Clifford French (our Audax Champion), all our local clubs for participating (WDMBC, Kenton, St.Margarets, Chiswick, Hillingdon Tri, Westerley, Finsbury Park, Saddle Drunk, Islington, Gregarios, Leighton Buzzard, Old Portlians, Sakalam, Evolve, Willesden and more). Best bike and kit co-ordination is, undisputedly, awarded to Myra Mughal .. wow!. Scroll down to the bottom to see her awesome kit and bike co-ordination. There are, no doubt, many great tales to tell from the 200 entrants, please share your photos with us and we’ll add them here, every picture tells a story.

READ CLIFFORD FRENCH’S EXCELLENT BLOG ABOUT THE RIDE HERE

PICTURE CONTRIBUTORS: Dmitry Volkov, Firmin Moriarty, David Carter, David Tobin, Linda Dunne, June Morrison, Jasmin Morrison, Myra Mughal, Leon Evans, Iwona Gray-Cauvin, Paul Saunders, Ian Nguru, Gustavo Ubeda, Steve Green, Kay Green, Bijay Vikani, Hang Pang, Chaz Sehmi, Kris Igweh, Vimal Narottam, Hussain Jodiyawalla, Ray King, Saba Khan, Zahra Bassiri